20XX20XX学年度 第二学期
教学备课
学科 ______________
年级_______________
校名________________
教师________________
第1周 2013 年 2月 263月1日
完成 unit 5Topic1教学务
1课时评讲学期期末试卷强调学期学务注意事项作业求等激励学生养成良学课 作业惯相信
Unit 5 Our School Life
Topic 1 How do you usually come to school
Section A
Section A needs 1 period
The main activities are 1a and 2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1(1) Learn some means of transportationby bike by subway by bus on foot by plane by car by train by ship by boat
(2) Learn other new words and phrasesgate the same to come on go to school Ms grandmother group
2 Learn adverbs of frequencyoften usually always
3 Review the present simple tense—Do you often come to school by bike—Yes I doNo I don’t
4 Talk about how to go to school
—How do you usually come to school
—I usually come to school by subwayI always come to school by bus
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机交通工具模型图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复日常语呈现1a容
1 (师生互相问 复学问候语)
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning madamsir
T Welcome back to school boys and girls Happy New Year
教师帮助学生回答)
Ss Happy New Year
T We can also say The same to you
(然引入The same to you练强化)
(板书)
Happy New Year 新年
The same to you 样(新年)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
学1a完成1b
1 (事先准备模型教学图片简笔画学生展示bike导入课重点：交通方式图)
2 (样方式教学交通工具板书相关词组)
bike car foot subway
bus ship boat plane train
by bike by car on foot by subway by bus by ship by boat by plane by train
(1)(熟读板书词组)
(2)(面简笔画词组学生1b图片模仿例句造句：)
Example：
T I come to school by bus
S1 I come to school by bike
S2 I go to school on foot
(完成1b板书go to school)
go to school
(3)(询问两名学生学交通方式 usually alwaysoften作换练 示范汇报结果)
T I often come to school by bike Do you often come to school by bike
S3 Yes I do
T S4 do you usually come to school by bus
S4 No I don’t I usually come to school on foot
T …
T Good S3 often comes to school by bike S4 usually comes to school on foot S5 always comes to school by bus … OK Work in groups of three to practice like that
(板书画线部分)
Do you often come to school by bike
Yes I do No I don’t
usually often always
2 (呈现1a学交通方式提问)
(1)(学生听1a录音 回答列问题)
(板书)
(1)Where do Kangkang Jane and Helen meet
(2)How does Helen usually come to school
(3)How does Jane always come to school
T Now let’s listen to the tape and find out the answers to these questions Are you ready
Ss Yes
T OK let’s begin
(播放录音)
(2)(核答案 提取重点句型)
T Who can answer the first question
S1 I can They meet at the school gate
T Well done What about the answer to Question 2
S2 Helen usually comes to school by subway
T Good Next question
S3 Jane always comes to school by bus
T Good job
(问题2板书画线部分做相应讲解操练)
(板书)
Helen usually comes to school by subway
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a完成1c
1 (播放1a录音读模仿语音语调)
T Listen to the tape and follow it Pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation
2 (机话学生录音机话提高学生兴趣)
T Now suppose you are Helen and Jane Listen to the tape and make a dialog with Kangkang Are you clear
3 (完成1c 学生三组 练1a话求仿1a伴编类似话)
T Now boys and girls please practice 1a in groups of three and make similar dialogs with your partners Then I will ask some groups to act them out
4 (选组表演成果)
T Which group can act your dialog out
G1 We can (表演话)
T Wonderful Anyone else
G2 We can (表演话)
…
(学生表演进行点评适鼓励必时纠正学生话中存错误)
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
完成2a2b
1 (学生2a中图片相应短语代码填入圆圈中)
T Just now we talked about the means of transportation Now let’s look at the pictures in 2a Then match the pictures with the corresponding phrases Do you understand
Ss Yes we do
T Good Let’s begin
2 (核答案)
3 (学生听录音 完成2b掌握生词Msgrandmother)
T Next we will have a listening practice Let’s find out how people come to school or come to work Do you understand
Ss Yes we do
(播放录音核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间15分钟)
表达交通工具名词频度副词进行实践调查 完成3
1 (媒体课件flash动画简笔画 学生展开想象 意造句子 求交通工具表达语频度副词)
T Let’s look at the pictures I’m sure you are interested in these lovely pictures Please make sentences as you like and don’t forget to use these means of transportation and adverbs of frequency Are you ready Go
2 (学生分组做关how to come to school调查报告完成3调查时强调How do you usually come to schoolI usually come to school…句型掌握生词group)
T Please report your results to your classmates
S1 In our group three students come to school by bike…
S2 In our group …
S3 …
…
(学汇总完成3)
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生社会做调查交通工具种交通工具种交通工具少什？根调查结果模仿3做表格)
(2)(预Section B 注意中频度副词)
Ⅳ疑点探究
课学介词by表示通助(方式手段)时法：by car by plane by ship等
表示交通方式介词inon：in a car on a bus等时交通工具前加限定词on foot意步行走foot前需限定词foot复数(建议：教师总结课练课补充)
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands 目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
weekday early bird catch walk ride park do (one’s) homework watch TV television
2 (1)Go on learning adverbs of frequency
seldom never sometimes
(2)Review the present simple tense
I always get up at about six o’clock
Li Xiang often comes to school by bike
3 Go on learning adverbs of frequency and means of transportation in different expressions
(1) I seldom walk to school
I never go to school by subway
(2) —How does Maria go home
—She sometimes goes home by subway She sometimes takes the subway home
4 Encourage the students to be diligent
The early bird catches the worm
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间8分钟)
链式发问形式复交通方式表达语相关句型导出1a呈现学1b
1 (链式发问竖排第学生问第二学生关交通方式问题 第二学生回答接着问第三学生……类推组2分钟时间
问题How do you usually go to school Do you often go to school by buscar…)
Example
S1 How do you usually go to school
S2 I usually go to school by bike How do you usually go to school
S3 I usually go to school by bus Do you often go to school by car
S4 Yes I doNo I don’t
…
2 (根第1环节实际情况 老师总结导出话1a语言功目标 步渡做铺垫)
T Good Now I know some of you come to school by bike and some come to school by bus… I often come to school on foot But sometimes I come to school by bike I never come to school by bus But my father always goes to work by subway He seldom goes to work by train
3 (板书讲解频度副词)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1a
1 (通解学生起床时间 引出谚语The early bird catches the worm学生猜测句谚语意思)
T OK boys and girls what time do you usually get up
S1 I usually get up at half past six
S2 …
T Yes we should go to bed early and get up early As the saying goes The early bird catches the worm Who knows the meaning of this sentence
(学生猜测教师板书加讲解教导学生学生活中应该勤奋努力)
The early bird catches the worm
2 (根1a信息 设置听力务 学生带着务听1a录音 提高兴趣降低难度)
T Listen to 1a and find out the answers to these questions on the blackboard
(板书问题生词)
weekday early bird catch walk seldom never
(1) What time does Michael get up on weekdays
(2) How does Michael usually go to school
(3) Does Sally often go to school by subway
(4) Who always takes a bus to school
3 (学生听遍1a录音核答案)
(Keys to the questions)
(1)He gets up at about six o’clock
(2)He usually goes to school on foot
(3)No she doesn’t
(4)Sally always takes a bus to school
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a1b容
1 (放1a录音 学生读模仿语音语调)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation Ready Go
2 (机话提高学生兴趣)
T OK Suppose you are Michael and Sally Listen to the tape and make a dialog with Helen
3 (学生分角色表演1a组间进行赛)
T Good Now let’s work in groups and act out 1a Then we’ll choose the best one
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
呈现2a图片呈现义换完成2b3
1 (1)(呈现2a图片 通师生互动 学生进步解巩固语言知识)
T Look at the first picture How does Maria go home
Ss She goes home by subway
T Yes we can also say she takes the subway home
(样通谈第234幅图句子)
Li Xiang comes to school by bikeLi Xiang rides a bike to school
We go to the park on footWe walk to the park
They go to the zoo by busThey take a bus to the zoo
(呈现义换加强交通工具表达方式灵活运总结板书)
by subway — take the subway by bike — ride a bike
on foot — walk by bus — take a bus
by car — take a car by plane — fly
(2)(学生听2a录音读)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation
(3)(引导学生纳总结1a2a中频度副词法进行操练)
T Find out the sentences with the adverbs of frequency pay attention to their usage and then make sentences
2 (学生完成2b)
T Now talk about the pictures in 2a with your partner
Example
S1 How does Maria go home
S2 She sometimes goes home by subwayShe sometimes takes the subway home
3 (播放3录音 学生独立完成3核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动
1 (利学频度副词进行实践活动)
(1)(学生How often do you …句型调查伴邻学生 根调查结果 写段话 量频度副词)
T Now look at the table Please survey your partners or your neighbors using How often do you… You should complete the table with adverbs of frequency At last write a short passage according to the form You can begin like this Li Ming sometimes goes shopping …
(表格)
Activity
Name
go shopping
watch TV in the
evening
walk after supper
get up early
Li Ming
sometimes
seldom
often
always
(2)(名学生汇报调查结果)
2 (家庭作业)
(学生Section ASection B中学重点句型写篇五句话左右关出行方式短文学生果兴趣 课外收集中外谚语名名言培养学力建构力)
Ⅳ疑点探究
1 动词介词短语表达交通方式：
He walks to school He goes to school on foot
说He on foot to school介词短语作谓语
2 频度副词never seldom sometimes often usually always等句中位置 般位行动词前 系动词助动词情态动词
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1a 2 and 3 课重点活动1a 23
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1) Learn other words of frequency
once twice
(2) Learn other new words and phrases
life American or few have lunch at school day have a rest play basketball football go swimming and so on ball more talk game listen to music read library must first week every
2 Learn how to express frequency
How often do you go to the library
OnceTwiceThree times a weekVery oftenEvery daySeldom …
3 Talk about the daily activities
play soccer play basketball read books go swimming go fishing listen to music watch TV do one’s homework go to the park meet friends cook go to the zoo
4 Learn about the differences of the school life between American students and Chinese students
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
复交通方式表达语频度副词呈现1a
1 (热身活动学生起唱Section B 4中Let’s chant全班学生边唱边双手节拍)
T Please turn to page 4 and let’s chant Ready
Ss Yes
2 (检查家庭作业然请学朗读写短文)
T Please show me your homework Then I will ask several students to read their passages
T Who wants to read it out
S1 …
T Anyone else
S2 …
3 (方案：问答形式 复交通方式表达语求学生量采两种表达方式)
Example
T S3 how do you usually go to school
S3 I usually walk to schoolI usually go to school on foot
T How do you usually go to school S4
S4 I usually ride my bike to schoolI usually go to school by bike
T How does S4 usually go to school
S5 HeShe usually goes to school by bikeHeShe usually rides hisher bike to school
T …
(方案二：学生组里进行链式话 复交通工具表达语)
S6 How do you often go to school
S7 I often walk to school What about you
S8 I often take the subway to school How do you usually go to school
S9 …
4 (引导学生复学频度副词seldom often always sometimes never usually 引出课新词组how often两新频度副词once twice)
T I always go to the library after school Mr Zhang doesn’t go to the library every day He goes there oncetwice a week
(板书画线部分 学新词oncetwice)
oncetwice a week
T How often do you go to the library (学how often帮助学生回答)
Ss …
(板书画线部分 重点讲解how often法)
how often
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现学1a
1 (谈学校生活开始导入1a呈现新单词短语关键词提示词义板书)
T Boys and girls do you like our school life
Ss Yes we do
T Then do you know about the school life of American students
Ss No we don’t
T Today we will learn about it together OK
Ss Yes
T First look at the blackboard and let’s learn some new words and phrases
(板书)
school life American or few have lunch at school day eat out have a short rest be over in their free time play basketball soccer go swimming ball games
2 (学生仔细阅读1a话然回答1b五问题)
(1)Let the students read 1a carefully and then answer the questions in 1b
(2)Check the answers
(板书答案)
1 They usually walk to school or take a yellow school bus
2 At school
3 At about 3 o’clock
4 They often play basketball or soccer go swimming and so on
5 Four times a year
3 (播放1a录音学生读模仿语音语调)
T Now let’s follow the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
4 (机话)
T Suppose you are Michael Listen to the tape and make a dialog with the interviewer
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间13分钟)
表演巩固1a完成1c
1 (学生黑板呈现关键词两组表演1a)
T OK Close your books Look at the key words on the blackboard and act 1a out with your partner
2 (学生根1a1b写篇关美国学生学校生活文章完成1c)
3 (谈中国学生学校生活根1b五问题展开)
T Now let’s talk about the school life of Chinese students You can discuss it according to the questions in 1b
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
运图片练23
1 (出示张Hai Qing踢球片学生介绍外三幅图片 引出新动词短语 板书)
play soccer go swimming
play basketball go fishing
listen to music do his homework
watch TV go to the park
T I usually read books after school What do you usually do after school S1
S1 I usually play soccer
T Look at this picture What does Hai Qing usually do after school
S1 He usually plays soccer but he doesn’t play basketball
(采样方法继续操练完成2)
2 (学生利2中图片运How often频度短语副词进行问答)：
T Look at the first picture How often does Hai Qing play soccer
Ss Usually
(样方法操练完成2然操练3中句型教学Work must come first libraryread)
(板书)
Work must come first
library read
3 (链式话方式 进行3容)
T Now let’s use the words and phrases in the box of 3 and do a chain work like this
Example
S2 Do you often …
S3 Yes I do No I don’t
S2 How often do you …
S3 OnceTwiceThree times a weekVery oftenEvery daySeldom … Do you often …
S4 …
…
(老师学生熟练操练完成总结how often法板书回答词短语)
oncetwicethree times a week
every dayweekmonth …
neverseldomsometimesoftenusuallyalways
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间5分钟)
进行采访 做调查报告 解中美学生学校生活差异
1 (学生做调查报告 全班汇报)
T Survey your classmates and fill out the form Then report it to the class
Example
A How often do you watch TV
B Once a week
…
Activity
Name
watch TV
in the evening
walk to
school
play computer
games
help
your parents
play
basketball
Li Ming
once a week
You can report like this
Li Ming watches TV in the evening once a week …
2 (学生讨中美学生学校生活差异)
(全班学生分成四组 讨中美学生学校生活差异 组名学生进行纳总结然组推荐出名记者 全班学生汇报 学生做记录)
T The whole class talk about the differences in the school life between American students and Chinese students Then write them down and report to the class
Example
In America students walk or take a yellow school bus In China students…
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(收集关美国学生学校生活相关信息记录)
(2)(纳学频度副词短语)
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 and 2 课重点活动12
Ⅰ Aims and demands 目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 Learn some new words and phrases
begin have classes while go to bed
3 Sum up the useful expressions in this topic
(1)Happy New year The same to you
(2)The early bird catches the worm
(3)Nice talking to you
(4)Work must come first
(5)She goes to bed at about a quarter to ten
4 Review and sum up the grammars
(1) Review words and phrases of frequency
never seldom sometimes often usually always oncetwicethree times a week
(2) Sum up the present simple tense
①Do you often come to school by bike Yes I do No I don’t
②I usually come to school by subway
③I seldom walk to school
④I never go to school by subway
⑤They always take a bus to the zoo
⑥How does Maria go home She sometimes takes the subway home
⑦How often do they have ball games Four times a year
⑧He usually plays soccer but he doesn’t play basketball
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机音标卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
复节日问候语谚语复Section C完成4b5
1 (生日歌旋律唱Happy New Year导入课 活跃课堂气氛 步进行4b做准备)
T Let’s sing the song Happy New Year together
T & Ss Happy New Year to you
Happy New Year to you
Happy New Year The same to you
Happy New Year to you
2 (学4b 纳话题中表达方式)
(1)(通面歌曲 巩固面表达方式)
(板书)
Happy New Year
The same to you
(2)(呈现The early bird catches the wormWork must come first翻译成汉语 勉励学生勤奋学)
T In this topic we have learnt two useful expressions They tell us we must work hard and can’t waste our time Do you still remember them
Ss Yes One is The early bird catches the worm and the other is Work must come first
T So you must study hard every day
(板书)
The early bird catches the worm
捷足先登早起鸟虫吃
Work must come first
工作第
3 (学生听4b录音声读)
T Well let’s listen to 4b Follow it loudly
4 (检查家庭作业完成5)
T Boys and girls have you finished your homework
Ss …
T Good In the last lesson we learnt about the school life of American students Today let’s survey your classmates about the school life Fill out the form in 5 with your survey results Then compare the school life of American students with yours and write a passage You may begin like this
The school life of American students is different from ours… OK let’s begin
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现2
1 (复般现时引出2)
(学生图片完成书中表格)
T Boys and girls Look at the pictures in the passage What does Jane usually do at 620 am
Ss She usually gets up at 620 am
T What does she do at half past seven
Ss She goes to school
…
(教师边问边引导学生完成部分表格)
2 (学生听录音完成剩余表格)
T Good Let’s listen to 2 and fill in the rest blanks Ready
Ss Yes
T OK let’s begin
(播放2录音)
3 (核答案)
T Now let’s check the answers Who wants to share the answers with us
S1 Let me try …
T Very good Next one
S2 …
…
4 (学生仔细阅读2找新单词猜测词义)
板书
begin have classes while go to bed
T Wonderful Now let’s read this passage carefully and guess the meaning of the words
…
(点评纠正学生理解错误)
5 (学生2中表格复述短文)
T Now let’s look at the table and retell this passage Any volunteers
S3 Let me try …
T Great Anyone else
…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间16分钟)
巩固2完成4a3
1 (学生次阅读2快速找出含交通方式频率副词句子)
T OK Now read 2 quickly again and underline the means of transportation and adverbs of frequency
…
T Good Besides these sentences can you tell me other expressions about frequency and means of transportation
(教师引导学生回答边说边黑板右方板书never seldom …)
(板书)
Frequency
Means of transportation
by car take a car
by subway take the subway
by bike ride a bike
by bus take a bus
on foot walk
by plane fly
(表引导学生朗读4a完成3)
2 (学生听录音读4a)
3 (学生听录音完成3)
T Well let’s listen to 3 and fill in the blanks Ready
Ss Yes
T Let’s begin
…
4 (核答案文中句子转换成种交通表达方式)
T Now let’s check the answer
Ss Miss Yang always goes to Wuhan by bus
T Great You can also say Miss Yang always takes a bus to Wuhan
(样引导学生进行2345句子换练)
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间7分钟)
音标卡片学音标练音标完成1
1 (全班学生持张卡片张卡片教学目标中列出两音标中学音标全班动员参)
T Everyone has a card If I read please raise your card with and stand up If I read please raise your card with and stand up Do you understand
2 (组活动名学生读卡片音标组成员均举起相应音标卡片)
T Practice in groups One reads the phonetic symbols and others raise cards
3 (学生听1录音读)
T Listen to 1 and read after the tape
4 (组单位进行赛限定时间组说出含发音单词)
T Boys and girls next we’ll have a competition Let’s work in groups and speak out words which have sound in given time as many as possible At last we’ll decide which group is the winner Do you understand
Ss Yes
T OK Let’s begin Be quick
…
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
介绍日常生活 加强实践活动 提高英语应力
1 (学生制作表格介绍天活动)
T Make a form about your daily activities
Example
Time
Activity
630 am
get up
700 am
730 am
go to school
1200 am
after school
after dinner
2 (找名学生介绍活动)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes I am
T Who wants to share your activities
S1 I want…
T Well done Anyone else
S2 …
…
T Fantastic Remember you should use the present simple tense in the passage
4 (家庭作业)
学生写篇关日常活动短文求 (1)般现时(2)学频度副词
(范文：)
My Day
I usually get up at 630 am I often go to school by bus at 730 am Classes begin at 800 am I have four classes in the morning
I always have lunch at 1200 am I have two classes in the afternoon After school I sometimes play football with my classmates
I get home at 530 pm and have dinner at 700 pm After dinner I often do my homework I seldom watch TV in the evening I go to bed at about 1000 pm I never go to bed late(迟晚)
安排1节口语训练单词词组测
1 always usuallyoftenneversometimes by bus on footby ship 等
话题结束教学记反思：____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第2周 2013 年3月4日8日完成Topic 2学
Topic 2 He is running on the playground
Section A
Section A needs 1~2 periods Section A需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a 2a and 3 课重点活动1a 2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1(1) Learn the names of school buildings
playground gym dormitory lab computer room dining hall classroom building swimming pool
(2) Learn other new words
make card boring soon run dance sleep clean
2 Learn the present continuous tense
What are you doing now I’m making cards
What is Maria doing now She is reading in the library
Are you watching TV Yes I amNo I’m not
Is Kangkang reading in the library Yes he isNo he isn’t
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机教学挂图幻灯片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间8分钟)
复节课校园生活容 呈现活动3
1 (学生描述校园生活 in one’s free time often twice a week go swimming read books play soccer …学校园活动场名称作铺垫 学现进行时提供必动词词组)
T Today I want to make a survey S1 do you like our school life
S1 Yes I like our school life very much
T What do you usually do in your free time
S1 I usually play soccer
T Thank you S2 what do you usually do in your free time
S2 I often read books
T What about you S3
S3 I often go swimming
…
2 (询问学生通常里做述活动 呈现校园活动场名称)
T I know you all have an interesting school life S1 usually plays soccer S2 often reads books S3 often goes swimming… Please answer my questions now Where do we play soccer If you can’t answer it in English you can speak Chinese
Ss 操场
T Where do we read books
Ss 图书馆
T Where do we swim
Ss 游泳池
…
(教师利幻灯片逐呈现校园活动场名称)
T Now look at the first picture What’s this(教师出示第张幻灯片)
Ss Playground
T What’s this in English(出示第二张幻灯片)
Ss Dormitory(教师帮助学生回答)
…
(次引导出生词板书)
(板书)
playground library swimming pool lab computer room gym classroom building
dormitory dining hall
3 (学生3中词图片正确搭配)
T Just now we learned some new words Now let’s look at the picture in 3 Then match the places with the right pictures
4 (核答案)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间17分钟)
呈现2a 1a 完成2b
1 (猜猜老师做出读书动作 问What am I doing帮助学生回答You are reading a book例 学生轮流做动作 学生猜猜干什)
Example
T Now I am in the classroom Guess What am I doing (老师做出读书动作)
Ss You are reading a book
S1 I am on the playground What am I doing (学生做出踢球动作)
S2 You are playing soccer
T … What is S1 doing (老师指着S1 S1做出踢球动作)
Ss … HeShe is playing soccer
T What is S2S3 … doing
Ss HeShe is …
2(老师呈现2a中挂图 指着图片发问指导学生回答)
T Where is Maria
Ss She is in the library
T What is she doing
Ss She is reading
(指着第二幅图继续发问)
T Where is Kangkang
…
(板书新句型求学生掌握dance sleep clean)
— Where is Maria — What is she doing
— She is in the library — She is reading
(学生根1a 2a图练现进行时)
T Where is Jane
Ss She is at home
T What is she doing
Ss She is watching TV
(学生间进行话)
S1 …
S2 …
3 (学生听2a 完成2b)
T Let’s listen to 2a again And finish 2b Begin
4 (核答案)
T Who wants to share your answers with us
S7 Maria …
S8 Kangkang …
S9 Wang Wei …
5 (听录音学1a)
T From the pictures we can see they are making a phone call What are they talking about Now let’s listen to it
(听1a录音)
T Is Jane doing her homework
Ss No she isn’t
T Is Jane watching TV
Ss Yes she is
(通话方式引导学生掌握现进行时般疑问句肯定否定回答形式时学生词)
(板书)
Is she doing her homework
Yes she isNo she isn’t
make card soon
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a 2a
1 (放1a 2a录音 学生读 注意语音语调)
T Please listen to the tape and follow it Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(播放录音)
2 (机话)
T Now listen to me carefully Suppose you are Jane Listen to the tape and make a dialog with Michael
3 (学生分角色朗读话)
T Very good Work in groups and read the dialog in roles I will ask several groups to act it out Begin
4 (老师总结现进行时法构成)
(板书)
+be(amisare)+ving+
(老师纳ving构成)
(板书)
ving构成三种：
1直接词尾加ingplaying doing
2发音字母e结尾动词 掉字母e加ingmaking dancing
3重读闭音节结尾末尾辅音字母 双写辅音字母 加ingrunning swimming
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练1a 2a完成1b4
1 (设置场境引导学生组单位表演话评出佳表演者)
T Now let’s put 1a and 2a together then act it out Ready OK another 3 minutes to prepare
…
T OK Let’s begin Who want to have a try
G1 …
T Very good Anyone else
G2 …
(评出佳组佳表演者予相应表扬鼓励)
2 (两组根1a利What are you doing I’m …Are you … Yes …No …编类似话完成1b)
3 (学生根4图画进行两话)
T Please look at the picture ① in 4 Ask and answer questions in pairs
S1 Where is she
S2 She is in the gym
S1 Is she singing
S2 No she isn’t
S1 What’s she doing
S2 She’s dancing
(样方法操练外三幅图学生掌握生词run)
4 (学生组单位利1b4合编成话表演)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间5分钟)
通表演猜测 培养学生实际运力
1 (请名学生台做动作 学生现进行时态进行问答)
T×× please come here
(出示dance动作卡片)
Please perform the action
(学生表演跳舞动作)
T What is heshe doing
Ss He’sShe’s dancing
…
2 (家庭作业)
(求学回家时间观察家中成员做什做记录)
T I’d like you to watch your family after you go back home Please write down what heshe is doing
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a 2a and 2b 课重点活动1a 2a2b
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
borrow a few of course use look for shelf keep return on time pleasure post byebye another Lost and Found purse money else picture put on
2 Go on learning the present continuous tense
Many students are using them and they are doing better in English now
I’m looking for my purse
3 Learn how to borrow things
Excuse me may I borrow a few Ren’ai Project English workbooks
How long can I keep them
You must return them on time
4 Learn how to write Lost and Found
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机课件挂图图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复学校场 呈现1a
1 (方案猜谜说描述性语言 学生猜学校场)
T Boys and girls guess the place First a place where we can go swimming What is it
S1 Is it the swimming pool
T Yes you are right Next a place where we can do some sports What is it Who knows
S2 Playground
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间12分钟)
呈现活动1a 练1b
1 (继续话利课件图片呈现1a)
T A place where there are many different kinds of books What is it
S5 Library
T Good What can we do in the library(教师出示图书馆图片)
S6 Read books
T Anything else
S7 Borrow books(帮助学生回答问题引导出生词borrow)
T Great What should we say when we borrow books
S8 …
…
(次引导出生词短语句型keep a few How long … 板书讲解)
(板书)
borrow keep return use shelf
a few of course look for on time
How long can I keep them Two weeks
2 (学生听1a第1部分 注意话中生词句型)
T Look and listen to dialog 1 in 1a Pay attention to the new words and expressions on the blackboard
3 (假设种情境学生没想书 该办？)
(方案利课件呈现1a第2部分容求学生掌握post)
T Boys and girls if you can’t borrow the book you want what should you do
Ss I don’t know
T OK Let’s go on watching and pay attention to what they say
(播放课件)
(方案二老师学生做示范 帮助学生回答 呈现1a第2部分容求学生掌握post)
T Boys and girls if you can’t borrow the book you want what should the librarian say
Ss HeShe should say Sorry we don’t have any(帮助学生回答)
T What should you say
Ss Thank you all the same(帮助学生回答)
(板书)
post
Sorry we don’t have any
Thank you all the same
Byebye
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a 根1b中句型编话
1 (学生合课听录音读1a注意语音语调)
T Now please close your books Listen to the tape and follow it Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
2 (学生分成两部分部分表演1a话1部分学表演1a话2两
组进行练)
T Now I will divide you into two groups One group acts out Dialog 1 in 1a and the other group acts out Dialog 2 in 1a Work in pairs Do you understand
Ss Yes
T Now let’s begin
3 (分找组学生进行表演组学演)
T OK I want to know which group can act it out best Are you ready
Ss Yes we are
T Which group wants to act first
G1 We want
…
T Very good But you can speak slowly next time OK Next group
G2 …
…
3 (学生1a中找出1b相应答语1b中句型编话 教师予必指导)
T Now please find out the responses to the sentences in 1b from 1a and work in pairs to practice borrowing things from others You can use the expressions in 1b Begin
4 (找组学生表演编话)
T OK Stop here Who wants to share your dialog with us
G3 We want
…
T Excellent You can speak more loudly Next group
G4 …
…
T Well done Now let’s move on
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
利情景设置呈现2a 练2b3
1 (设置名女学生路寻找东西情景 呈现2a)
T Look at the picture Guess what she is doing
Ss She is looking for something (帮助学生回答)
T You are right She lost her purse Can you guess what is in her purse
Ss Money
T What else
Ss Maybe …
…
(采话次引导出生词句型)
(板书)
talk money I’m looking for my purse
Lost and Found else What’s in it
purse picture What else
2 (播放2a录音 学生读注意语音语调)
T Listen to 2a and follow it Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
3 (学生两分钟时间 两组读话 然找学生朗读)
T Now I’ll give you two minutes to read the dialog with your partners Then I’ll ask some of you to read it OK Begin
4 (1)(学生读2b中两启事 学写寻物招领启事完成2b 提醒学生注意寻物招领启事格式容素)
(板书)
Lost The thing(丢失物品)
Name(失)
Phone number(联系方式)
Found The thing(发现物品)
Where(物品现存)
Phone number(联系方式)
T Read the notices on the bulletin board Learn how to write them Please pay attention to the format and content of the message and finish 2b
(2)(学生写份寻物招领启事)
T Suppose you found or lost something write your own bulletin board message
5 (学生听录音完成3选择正确答案)
(板书学听力部分生词)
T Listen to the dialogs in 3 and choose the right answers First let’s learn some new words
(板书)
put on
(播放录音)
6 (核答案)
T Let’s check the answers Who wants to answer the first question
S1 Sally is…
T Good No2 S 2 please
S2 Sorry I don’t know
…
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间8分钟)
通组活动探究东西程练写寻物招领启事
1 (两组活动仿1a根1b中句型编话)
T Work with your partners and make a conversation Similar to 1a You may use the expressions in 1b
Examples
(1)S1 Excuse me may I borrow a pen
S2 Here you are
S1 Great How long can I keep it
S2 …
(2)S3 Excuse me may I borrow a knife
S4 Sorry I don’t have any
S3 Thank you all the same Bye
S4 Byebye
2 (鼓励更学生复述2a容)
T S5 do you want to retell the story of 2a？
S5 …
T Anyone else Raise your hand Wow so many
3 (写寻物招领启事少两句子)(范文)
Found
A key to a bike
Please call the Lost and Found
Tel 8217667
Lost
My red umbrella
My name is Mary
Please call 8838752
4 (家庭作业)
(预13页1a兴趣模仿1a描述学校某建筑物某场景中行)
Ⅳ疑点探究
(1)look forfind法：
look for意思寻找 强调找动作find物动词 意思找 发现 强调找结果 宾语：
I can’t find my purse 找钱包
Please look for it in your bag I think you can find it 请包里找 想找
(2)otherelse区：
other修饰名词位名词前：
What’s that in your other hand 手里什？
else修饰定代词疑问代词疑问副词必须位词：
I have nothing else to say 没说
What else do I need to do 做什事情？
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn other new words and phrases
show sb around sit write at the back of draw
2 Review the present continuous tense
What isare… doing
IsAre…
The boy is drawing pictures
He isn’t making cards
3 Review the names of school buildings
4 Talk about everyday activities Encourage the students to take part in various kinds of activities actively
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
通表演竞赛复引入1a
1 (表演竞赛学生进行话表演 教师全班分四组 组表演话话时间分钟限第组学生东西 教室走动第二组东西丢 失物招领处找回第三组图书馆书图书馆没第四组请名学生表演动作 两名学生现进行时话通活动热身 提起学生学兴趣 复现进行时节课话)
Group 1
S1 Excuse me may I borrow…
S2 Of course
…
Group 2
S3 What are you doing
S4 I’m looking for my purse
S5 …
…
Group 3
S6 Excuse me do you have any books of Harry Potter
S7 Sorry I don’t have any
S8 …
…
T OK wonderful … the last group
…
2 (出示Section A3挂图通复校园建筑物名称导入新课1a)
T Please look at the picture Let’s go on talking about the names of school buildings OK
(教师指着建筑物学生说)
Ss Yes It’s a libraryplaygroundlab…
T Now Peter is showing his mother around his school
(板书讲解)
show sb around … 带领某参观某
T Look at the pictures in 1a Which of the places are they visiting
Ss Playground gym and classroom
T Great
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1a完成1b
1 (学生边听录音边划出1a中be+ving结构)
T Now listen to the passage and underline the structure be+ving
2 (学生认真阅读1a呈现新单词词组完成1b)
(1)T Please read the passage carefully guess the meaning of the new words and phrases and then finish 1b
(板书生词词组猜词义熟读)
sit—sitting on the playground have a soccer game
write—writing in the gym write a letter
draw—drawing in the classroom at the back of
(2)(核答案)
T Let’s check the answers of Part A in 1b Who can do it
S1 …
(3)T Write down your answers to Part B after the example
(板书be+ving划线)
Example
Some students are having a soccer game
S2 A few students are running
S3 The girls are dancing
S4 Three students are swimming
S5 Kangkang is reading Ran’ai English Post
S6 Sally is cleaning the blackboard
3 (复分词构成规)
T Now let’s review the formation rules of ving
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a
1 (放1a录音学生读注意语音语调)
T Please listen to the tape and follow it Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(播放录音)
2 (学生朗读课文熟记)
T Please read the text loudly and try to remember it
3 (学生分成三组组背诵段话)
T I’ll divide you into three groups Group 1 recite Passage 1 Group 2 recite Passage 2 Group 3 recite Passage 3 Be quick
4 (组抽12名学背诵谁背快)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Now I’ll ask one or two students from each group to recite the passage Let’s see who can do it best
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
运图片练2
1 (出示张男孩画画图片操练现进行时种句型)
Example
T Please look at the picture boys and girls Let’s talk about it Is the boy writing
S1 No he isn’t
T Is the boy making cards
S2 No he isn’t
T What is he doing
S3 He is drawing
T Yes He is drawing He isn’t making cards
(板书)
He is drawing He isn’t making cards
2 (学生两组仿例子练2外五幅图)
T Work in pairs and practice the other five pictures according to the example Be quick
3 (请五组学生分表演五幅图话练现进行时态填空)
T Now I’ll ask five groups to act out the dialogs about the five pictures Who wants to act out your dialog
G1 …
T Very good Next who can
G2 …
…
4 (核答案)
T Who wants to share your answers with us
S4 …
S5 …
…
(板书答案)
1 is doing 2are eating 3am listening
isn’t writing aren’t drinking am not singing
4 isn’t watching 5aren’t playing
is playing are having
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
调查班学课堂活动加强实践训练提高英语应力
1 (学生活动2分钟观察周围学行现进行时写段少5句话短文)
T Now please do what you like to do for two minutes and then watch your classmates around you Write a short passage with the present continous tense at least five sentences
2 (找名学生汇报成果)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes we are
T Who wants to share your results with us
S1 I want…
T Well done Anyone else
S2 …
…
T Great Remember you should use the present continuous tense
(范文)
It is 930 now In our classroom you can see Li Lei is writing Mary is drawing Jane and Li Wei are reading English Kangkang is talking with Michael How happy they are
3 (班级活动学生完成3边放录音边唱优美歌声中结束节课)
T Boys and girls let’s listen to a beautiful song Follow it please
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 5 课重点活动1 25
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels e等
2 Learn some new words
because Japanese wonderful also
3 Review the present continuous tense
I’m looking for my purse
But they aren’t sleeping at the moment
Are you doing your homework Yes I am No I’m not
Is heshe singing Yes heshe is No heshe isn’t
What are you doing I’m making cards
What is heshe doing HeShe is playing soccer on the playground
4 Review the names of school buildings
5 Review how to borrow things from others
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机单词卡片音标卡片图片片挂图
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复表示校园建筑名称单词东西话
1 (单词竞赛抽查三排学生 抽排 左右 名学生说出校园建筑名称单词 然现进行时态造句子单词5分 句子10分全班学生起找错误 找错误减两分 排分高)
Example
T Please give the names of school buildings and make sentences using the names one by one
S1 Library I’m reading in the library
S2 Playground I’m running on the playground
S3 The swimming pool He’s swimming in the swimming pool
…
(通竞赛 集中学生注意力 活跃课堂气氛 调动学生学积极性)
2 (话赛学生复东西相关句型进行1分钟话表演两组组编快)
T Boys and girls next we’ll have a conversation competition Let’s make dialogs about how to borrow things from others and then act it out within one minute Please use the sentences we have learnt as many as possible Work in pairs At last we’ll decide which group is the winner Let’s begin
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1完成2
1
T Now please look at the card Can you read this word
SsFarmer
T How about this one
Ss Guitar
T Very good What about this one
SsPark
T Wonderful
(板书park farmer guitar画出ar帮助学生找规律)
…
(样方法次呈现音标板书：(板书)
park farmer guitar
hair pair chair
walk ball call autumn August daughter
waiter train rain gray May playground e
2 (放1录音 学生读)
T OK please open your books and look at 1 in page 15 Let’s listen to the tape and follow it
(播放录音)
3 (学生读1 巩固学音标)
T Read these phonetic symbols by yourselves
4 (运头脑风暴法求学生说出发音单词)
5 (教师出示2中图片出张文伟体育馆跑步片)
T Look at this picture He is Wen Wei Is he dancing
Ss No he isn’t
T What’s he doing
Ss He is running
T Right He is running in the gym He isn’t dancing
(样方法呈现外两张片进行操练)
6 (学生2中图 听录音 板书新单词然学生填写列空格)
T Look at the pictures in 2 Listen to the tape and then fill in the blanks on the blackboard First let’s look at the new words
(板书)
because Japanese
wonderful also
1)Wen Wei is in the gym in Picture 1
2)In Picture 2 he is swimming in the
3)In Picture 3 he is talking to on the Great Wall
7 (核答案 找三名学生黑板填写空格)
T Are you ready
Ss OK
T Who wants to fill in the blanks
S1 …(黑板填写第题)
T Is he right or wrong
Ss Right
T Very good Go back to your seat Next one
S2 …(黑板填写第二题)
…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固2
1 (学生阅读短文完成2)
T Please read the passage carefully underline the activities and circle the places Then number the photos OK
Ss Yes
2 (核答案)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Good Who wants to underline the activities
S1 …
T Good job Next who can circle the places
S2 …
…
3 (放遍2录音 根2中容 进行问答)
T Ask and answer questions in pairs according to 2
Example
S3 Where is Wen Wei in Picture 1
S4 He is…
S3 What is he doing
S4 He is…
4 (找组学生汇报练结果)
T I want someone to act out your dialog Who can do it
G1 Where is…
…
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练3 完成4a 4b
1 (呈现3 放录音 学生填写表格)
T Now let’s do 3 First please listen to the tape carefully and then complete the table OK let’s begin
(播放录音)
2 (核答案)
T OK let’s listen again and check your answers Are you ready
Ss Yes
(次播放录音)
T Let’s check the answers The first one Jane Who can do it
S1 Jane is playing the guitar in the dormitory
T Is heshe right or wrong
Ss Right
T Good Next oneMaria？
S2 Maria is dancing in the gym
…
3 (完成4a 4b容 总结纳话题语法重点惯语)
T Look at 4a 4b please They are very important to you You should read them carefully and try to remember them Understand
(学生阅读 教师巡视 予必帮助)
T OK Stop please Let me sum up the grammar for you Please look at the blackboard
(板书)
(1)+be(isamare)+doing …
(2)Be(IsAmAre)++doing …
(3)+be(isamare)+not+doing …
(4)疑问词+be (isamare)+语+doing …
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通实践活动 培养学生细心观察事物力完成5
1 (组赛学生两分钟分组讨找出5中两幅图处找出点正确组获胜教师予表扬)
T Now let’s have a competition Work in groups of four to find out the differences between the two pictures in 5
2 (根组活动讨结果写篇短文)
T Write a passage according to the results of your discussion
You may begin like this
Three boys are swimming in Picture 1 but …
3 (家庭作业)
请学做课外活动调查学某时刻什方干什根调查结果写篇短文少6句话
范文：
It’s 440 in the afternoon now Look Some students are playing basketball on the playground A few students are running there too Mary is singing in the classroom Some boys are swimming in the swimming pool Some girls are dancing in the gym How happy they are
Topic 2 话题结束记反思： _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第 3周 3月11日 15日完成Topic 3教学
Topic 3 My school life is very interesting
Section A
Section A needs 1~2 periods Section A需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn days of the week
Wednesday Monday Tuesday Thursday Friday
(2)Learn subjects
physics geography P E art math science history biology politics
(3)Learn other new words and phrases
today meeting outdoor activity lesson learn
2 Learn Whquestions
What day is it today
What time does the class begin
3 Talk about subjects and timetables
What class are they having
They are having a music class
What time is it over At a quarter to eleven
How many lessons does he have every weekday
What lessons does he have on Wednesdays
How often does he do outdoor activities
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机图片黑板单词卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
通复 导入1a
1 (师生说唱 复现进行时)
T Let’s chantWhat are you doing
What are you doing now
I’m singing now
What are you doing now
I’m dancing now
What are you doing now
I’m walking now
What are you doing now
I’m playing now
(边唱 边做动作 全班学生着唱 起做动作 活跃课堂气氛 激发学生学兴趣)
2 (通师生问答 导入1a)
T What are you doing now
Ss We are singing a chant
T What are we doing now We can say We are having a class now What class are we having
Ss We are having an English class(老师帮助学生回答)
T Do we have an English class every day
Ss Yes we do
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间15分钟)
呈现1a
1 (老师呈现表示星期学科单词卡片幻灯片进行问答练学新单词)
T What day is it today (举着星期二卡片)
Ss It’s Tuesday(帮助学生回答)
T Do you have a P E class on Tuesday
Ss No we don’t
…
T What time does the class begin
Ss At eight o’clock
T What time is it over
Ss At a quarter to nine
(学生两组利板书画线句型编话)
T Work in pairs and make a dialog
Example
S1 What day is it today
S2 It’s Tuesday
S1 Do you have an English class on Tuesday
S2 …
(板书)
It is Monday physics
Tuesday geography
Wednesday P E
Thursday art
Friday math
history
biology
politics
science
2 (学生听1a录音回答黑板问题)
T Listen to 1a carefully and find out the answers to these questions
(板书)
(1) What day is it today
(2) What time does the class begin
(3) What time is it over
(播放录音)
3 (核答案)
T OK Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Let’s check the answers The first question who can answer it
S3 It is Wednesday
T Yeah very good The second one
S4 At ten o’clock
T Good job What about the third one
S5 At a quarter to eleven
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (学生听1a读标出语音语调)
T Listen to 1a follow it and mark the pronunciation and intonation
2 (朗读1a核语音语调)
T Read 1a loudly and check the pronunciation and intonation
3 (学生背诵1a)
T Now please recite 1a Are you ready
Ss Yes
4 (学生图片信息 完成1b)
T Look at the pictures and information in 1b and practice the dialog with your partner
Example
S1 What day is it today
S2 It’s …
S 1 What class are they having
S2 They’re …
S1 What time does the class begin
S2 At …
S1 What time is the class over
S 2 At …
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
复关科目星期单词练现进行时态完成2a3
1 (老师2a中课程表贴黑板呈现幻灯片)
T What’s this Do you know
Ss 课程表
T You’re clever It’s a timetable Do you know how to read the timetable
Ss Yes
T OK Read this timetable carefully and then answer the questions in 2a Begin
(板书教生词)
timetable class meeting
outdoor activity lesson
2 (核答案 困难学生予指导)
T OK Are you ready now
Ss Yes
T Good Who wants to share the answers with us The first question
S3 He has six lessons every day
T Well done The second one
S4 He has five English lessons every week
T Right The third one
S5 …
…
T Any questions
S6 …
…
3 (取出黑板 呈现科目表格 练询问科目课时间句型)
Subject
Time
(begin—finish)
Day
English
750—835
every day
Math
845—930
every day
Geography
950—1035
Monday
History
1045—1130
Tuesday
Biology
1400—1445
Wednesday
Art
1455—1540
Thursday
P E
1550—1635
Friday
T Look at the blackboardslide and answer my questions Do you have a math class every day
Ss Yes we do
T What time does the class begin
Ss At…
T What time is the class over
Ss At…
(方案学生两分钟时间练话名学生问 名学生答 然交换角色)
T Now I’ll give you two minutes to practice the dialog One asks the other answers and then exchange the roles
(方案二学生3分钟分组活动练话 进行表演 评出优秀组)
T Now I’ll give you three minutes to practice and act out the dialogs
(找学生表演话)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Who wants to act out your dialog
G1 We want
S1 What’s your favorite subject
S2 My favorite subject is art
S1 Do you have an art class every day
S2 No we don’t
S1 What day do you have an art class
S2 On Thursday
S1 …
…
T That’s great Next group
G2 …
…
4 (猜猜动作单词卡片学生复关科目星期单词完成3)
(1)T Now look at me and guess what class I am having
(做出唱歌跳舞动作)
Ss You are having a music class
T What day do you have a music class
Ss On Wednesday
(名学生做动作 外两名学生问答)
Example
S3 (做画画动作)
S4 What class is he having
S5 He is having an art class
…
(板书)
learn about work onout talk
Using the expressions in the box to make some sentences
(2)(练现进行时)
T Now make similar conversations with the phrases in the box of 3 with your partner
Example
S1 They are learning about the past in the class What class are they having
S2 They are having a history class
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通调查 探究学生科目喜
1 (学生做调查 采访班学生 解周中天喜欢科目原)
T Please interview your classmates and learn about their favorite subjects and reasons
Time
Favorite subject
LikeDislike
Reason
Day
800—900
art
like very much
like drawing pictures
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
2 (学生完成调查表格 调查结果汇报全班学生)
T You can report it to the class like this
On Monday my favorite subject is art It begins at eight and finishes at nine I like it very much because I like drawing pictures …
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生英语设计课程表完成2b)
(2)(预Section B找出短语句子)
Ⅳ疑点探究
1 Sunday意星期日星期天英国做周天美国做周第天
2 class指整课堂 包括老师讲授学生听讲 英语课美术课等
lesson课文身 范围非常 ：Lesson One第课
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn some adjectives
easy interesting difficult
(2)Learn other new words
which subject best story
2 Talk about interests likes and dislikes
You must like English very much
I don’t like it very much
Which subject do you like best I like history best
Why do you like it Because it’s easy and interesting
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机黑板单词卡片图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
1 (值日生汇报天学科目 复节课容)
Example
It’s Friday today We have Chinese English geography and art in the morning And in the afternoon we have P E and math…
2 (师生互动 复节课容)
T What day is it today
Ss It is…
T What class are we having
Ss We’re having an English class
T What time does the class begin boys
Boys At…
T What time is it over girls
Girls At…
3 (检查家庭作业学生出制作英语课程表 五组讨列问题 复
关科目星期特殊疑问句)
T OK Very good Now take out your timetable look at it and ask and answer questions on the small blackboard in groups
(取出黑板 呈现问题)
(1)How many lessons do you have every week
(2)How many EnglishChinese…lessons do you have every week
(3)What time is the English class over
(4)What is your favorite subject
(5)How often do you do outdoor activities
(请组学生方框中问题讲台进行链式问答 第名学生问 第二名学生答 第二名学生接着问 第三名学生答类推)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
1 (1)(老师出语文数学英语等学科书学生发问 帮助学生回答)
(出示easy interesting difficultboring单词卡片)
T Do you like English
S1 Yes I do
T Why
S1 Because it’s easy and interesting(老师帮助回答)
T Do you like math S2
S2 No I don’t
T Why
S2 Because it’s difficult and boring(老师帮助回答)
T Which subject do you like best S3
S3 I like music best(老师帮助回答)
T Why do you like it
S3 Because it’s easy and interesting
T What do you think of it S4
S4 …
(板书)
easy interesting difficult boring which subject best
(2)(领读教学单词)
2 (2中图片挂黑板学生根2例子伴话)
T Now boys and girls look at the pictures on the blackboard According to the pictures and the example in 2 make conversations with your partners
Example
S1 Which subject do you like best
S2 I like history best
S1 Why do you like it
S2 Because it’s easy and interesting What do you think of it
S1 I think it’s too difficult
3 (学生表演组织话)
T Now please act your conversations out Who can
G1 We can
…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
(组活动 进行4)
(1)(学生进行调查 填写表格 完成4)
T Your pair works wonderfully Now let’s work in groups Make a survey about the subjects in your group and complete the table in 4 You can ask your classmates like this
S3 Hi ×× What’s your favorite subjectWhich subject do you like best
S4 Music I think it’s interesting
S3 Do you like art
S4 No I don’t
S3 Why don’t you like it
S4 Because I think it’s boring
…
(教师学生练程中 巡视全班学生困难时 予指导帮助)
(2)(学生汇报结果 教师予点评)
T OK Stop here Who wants to share your results with us
G2 We want ×× likes music best because it’s interesting
…
T OK Good job G2 Anyone else
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
1 (呈现1a 设置板书听力务 学生带着务听录音)
T Let’s learn 1a This is a dialog between Maria and Zhou Yan Now listen to the tape carefully and mark the following sentences True (T) or False (F)
(板书)
(1)Maria is listening to music
(2)Maria thinks English is easy and interesting
(3)Zhou Yan doesn’t like history She likes English
(4)Zhou Yan thinks history is boring
(5)Zhou Yan has two history lessons every week
2 (核答案)
T OK Stop here Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Good Look at the first sentence Is it true or false
S1 It’s false Maria is reading a book
T Great The second one
S2 It’s true
T …
…
3 (放1a录音学生读注意语音语调)
T Listen to 1a again and follow it and pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation
4 (学生完成1b然伴练1a表演)
T Please finish 1b Then I’ll give you several minutes to read 1a and then I’ll ask some of you to act it out Understand
Ss Yes
T OK Let’s begin
5 (核答案然学生表演)
T Which group wants to be the first
G1 …
T Very good But you should speak slowly Next group
G2 …
6 (学生听3录音填空)
T Next we’ll have a listening practice Listen to the tape carefully and then complete the table in 3 OK let’s begin
(播放录音)
7 (核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间8分钟)
通活动 培养学生实际运英语力
1 (先回答列问题然学生写封信笔友 介绍学校喜欢科目学情况原)
(出示黑板)
(1)How many lessons do you have every dayweek
(2)What is your favorite subject Why
(3)Who is your favorite teacher Why
(4)What do you think of your school What about your school life
2 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生课查阅资料 解中美学校学科设置作息时间学校生活)
(2)(学生预Section C)
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C 需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
ⅠAims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
friendly other news attention between stamp world Saturday from…to… night place program
2 (1)Review subjects and school activities
I study English politics art history geography biology and some other subjects
After school I often play basketball with my classmates It’s my favorite outdoor activity
(2)Learn how to write news and posters
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机白纸卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
通组活动复旧知识引入1a完成4
1 (师生录音学4完成4)
T Let’s listen to 4 and chant together
2 (两组活动进行话复Section A and Section B)
T Make conversations with your partners
Example
T What day is it today
S1 …
T What lessons do we have today
S1 We have …
T Which subject do you like bestWhat’s your favorite subject
S1 I like…bestMy favorite subject is…
T Why
S1 Because … What do you think of it
T I think it’s …
3 (提出关学校生活问题 学1a做准备)
T What subjects do you learn in the school What activities do you have at school Do you
love your school life Is it interesting
S2 …
S3 …
T Good Your school life is very interesting Now let’s look at Hu Bin’s school life
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1a
1 (学生快速阅读1a找出新单词完成1a面判断正误题)
T Now read 1a quickly and mark True (T) or False (F) then check the answers
2 (1)(呈现生词)
(板书)
friendly other news attention between stamp collection
world Saturday from…to… night place program
(2)(领读单词步学课文做准备)
T Read after me
3 (板书问题)
(1) What time do classes begin
(2) What does Hu Bin think of math
(3) After school what does he do
(4) Does he like his school life a lot
(学生听1a录音回答问题)
T Now listen to 1a and answer these questions on the blackboard
(学生回答问题教师核答案)
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a完成1b
1 (教师学生完成1a时 板书关键词 者课前关键词写黑板)
friendly interesting classes begin study favorite also difficult and boring after school
play basketball in the swimming pool draw pictures school library
(学生参黑板关键词复述1a)
2 (学生独完成1b教师核答案)
T Fill in the blanks in 1b according to 1a by yourselves And I will check the answers a few minutes later
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练活动2完成3
(学生读2中消息海报回答问题核答案进步解Hu Bin学校生活)
(1)T We have learnt about Hu Bin’s school life Next please read the news and posters about Hu Bin’s interesting school life Then answer the following questions
(板书)
(1)When does the soccer game begin
(2)Where can we see the stamps of the world
(3)What movies can we watch
T Now let’s check the answers Who wants to answer the first question
S4 I want …
…
(2)(学生读2中消息海报然完成面空格)
T Read the news and posters again and then fill in the blanks
(板书)
News Poster
Place
Time
Program a soccer game between
Class 1 and Class 2
Place
Day Every Saturday
Time 900 am—500 pm
Program
(3)(核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间13分钟)
通活动 增强学生实际运力 激发学生学兴趣
1 (假设种情境：星期六晚学校礼堂举行歌舞晚会请学生起制作海报)
2 (学生组单位谈设计理想学校生活写封信笔友Hu Bin介绍关学校生活完成3)
3 (玩单词游戏 复巩固单词词组)
(1)(事先准备足量统卡片 供活动中输家赢家转移财产时)
(2)(选名学生 五张卡片 五张然告诉说出词反义词)
T Now let’s play this game
Example
T Interesting What’s the opposite (反义词什？)
S1 Boring
(教师手中出张卡片递该学生 表明输掉张)
T Easy What’s the opposite
S1 Difficult
T …
(量说较容易词 便手中卡片输方期间赢两次然名学生说I have no cards now You can play with others)
(3)(活动说明：先发名学生五张卡片然宣布两组愿组合①义词反义词相互提问②单元词词组中英文互相提问③句子英汉互译 次胜者方索取张卡片五张卡片输掉者退出活动 胜者继续寻找活动伙伴)
(4)(统计学生拥卡片数量 谁卡片 教师全班学掌声鼓励)
4 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生单元单词类 准备节课单词竞赛)
(①星期星期日②学科目③话题形容词④话题名词⑤话题动词)
(2)(布置分钟话 桌两名学生编话 单元Section D 3a 3b中句型 备节课竞赛)
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 4 课重点活动124
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 Learn new words
February newspaper hard wish
3 Sum up the differences between the present continuous tense and the present simple tense and the useful expressions in this topic
4 Learn how to write a letter
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机音标卡片单词卡片图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复单词
(单词竞赛)
Example
(组抢答题 限定时间组说出单词 单词分果中组说完整 组补充 予加分教师优胜组予适表扬鼓励)
T The days of week Ready Go
G1 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
G2 …
G3 …
…
T Great I’ll give each group seven scores Subjects Go
G1 English Chinese math politics history geography music P E science …
G2 …
G3 …
…
T Excellent all of you are very good The adjectives of this topic
G1 Easy difficult interesting boring funny useful hard …
G2 …
G3 …
…
T List the verbs and nouns of Topic 3 please
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1完成2
1 (呈现含 音标卡片学生熟悉发音面操练做准备)
T Boys and girls please look at this card Can you read this word(举起clean单词卡片)
Ss Clean
T What about this one(举起eat单词卡片)
Ss Eat
…
(样方法呈现音标 运头脑风暴法求学生说出发音单词进行纳)
(板书)
clean eat leaf bread head pleasure
tree green feet ear tear hear
teacher worker computer monkey money honey
2 (放1录音学生读)
T OK please open your books on page 23 Let’s listen to the tape and follow it
(播放录音)
3 (总结字母组合ea ee ear er ey读音规出含述字母组合单词学生声读出)
(板书)
team heavy meet hear player donkey …
4 (学生快速读2划出新单词根语境猜测词义必时予学生帮助)
(呈现生词板书)
February newspaper hard wish
(熟读单词)
5 (听2录音完成2问题)
T Listen to the tape and answer the questions in 2
6 (核答案讲解列词组)
T Now let’s check the answers and learn the following phrases
(1)School Times(校园时报)
(2)Science Today(日科学)
(3)learn…from…(……中学……)
(4)thank sb for sthdoing sth(某事做某事感谢某)
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固2完成3b
1 (讲解英文书信格式英文信封写法)
T Let’s learn how to write a letter and how to write an envelope in English
(详见课文注释)
2 (参话题学句型准备2分钟话完成3b)
T Now boys and girls make a dialog with your partner
Example
T Hello how are you
S Fine thank you
T What day is it today
S It is Thursday
T What class are we having
S We are having an English class
T What time does the class begin
S At eight o’clock
T Which subject do you like best What’s your favorite subject Why
S I like English best My favorite subject is English Because it’s easy and interesting
T How many English lessons do you have every week
S Five
T How do you usually come to school
S I usually come to school by bike
T Do you have school newspaper
S Yes I do
T How do you like your school newspaper
S It’s interesting I like it very much It is my favorite I can learn a lot from it
T Thank you for answering my questions
S You’re welcome
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练现进行时般现时完成3a4
1 (挂两张图黑板学生图回答问题)
T Look at the pictures carefully Then answer the questions
(板书问题)
(1)What does Maria think of her school life
(2)What is she doing at 2000 in Picture 2
(3)What does she usually do at 2130 in Picture 3
(4)What is she doing in Picture 4
2 (通回答问题 学生复般现时现进行时 教师较纳两者间区完成3a)
3 (学生4中图片 面问题进行问答 巩固两种时态)
(1)What does Kangkang usually do…
(2)What is he doing…
4 (完成4)
T Complete the passage according to the pictures
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动培养学生综合运力激发学生运英语兴趣鼓励学生胆创新
1 (学生设计份学校生活容校报)
(1)(全班学生分组讨准备3分钟组单位设计份校报)
(2)(组根实际情况发挥)
(3)(检查设计校报张贴教室学园里鼓励学生胆创新精神)
2 (家庭作业)
(学生搭档谈天 现进行时般现时写少6句子)
Ⅳ疑点探究
dinnersupper
dinner意（中午晚吃）正餐餐supper意（通常指家吃）晚餐晚饭意义出dinner中午吃晚吃通常较正式较丰盛supper较简单英式英语中supper表示夜宵
话题 教学记反思：_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第4周 3月18日22日 完成Unit 6 Topic 1教学
Unit 6 Our Local Area
Topic 1 Is there a clock on your desk
Section A
Section A needs 1~2 periods Section A 需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a 2a and 3 课重点活动1a2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn the words of rooms in homes
bedroom kitchen dining room living room bathroom
(2)Learn other new words and phrases
garden second floor upstairs come in house grandfather door
2 (1)Learn some prepositions of position
in on next to in front of behind
(2)Learn the structure ofThere be
Oh there are so many books on the shelves
Is there a computer in your study Yes there is
Are there any books in the study Yes there are
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图单词卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复现进行时般现时引出1a中新词汇
(方案)
(老师黑板画幅简笔画学生图回答问题)
T Boys and girls What’s Nancy doing
Ss She is reading
T Where is she reading now do you know
Ss In the study
T Yes She is reading in the study
(We usually read in the study教师边说边黑板左方排写出read in the study教师继续问学生Then do you want to know where I sleepcookeatwatch TV…引导学生教师发问)
S1 Where do you sleep
T I sleep in the bedroom
…
(次引导出in the kitchen…分板书read in the study面)
(板书)
read in the study
sleep in the bedroom
cook in the kitchen
eat in the dining room
bath in the bathroom
watch TV in the living room
(方案二)
(名学生表演点动作 学睡觉洗澡餐煮饭电视等 学生逐猜动作点活动复Unit 5现进行时 时呈现出表示房间名词)
(板书)
living room dining room bathroom kitchen bedroom study
Example
T What’s heshe doing
S2 HeShe is watching TV
T And heshe is watching TV in the living room
T Then what’s heshe doing
S3 HeShe is studying
T You are right
T Where’s heshe studying
S4 HeShe is studying in the study
T Good
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间7分钟)
呈现1a
1 (呈现1a挂图指着图卧室发问指导学生回答)
T What do you do in the bedroom
Ss We sleep in it
(指着挂图书房继续做问答练)
T Where’s the study
Ss It’s next to the bedroom
T In the picture there is a study on the second floor And there are two bedrooms on the second floor
(板书新句型 进行适讲解)
—Where is your study
—It’s on the second floor next to my bedroom
—In the picture there is a study on the second floor And there are two bedrooms on the second floor
(学生根1a图练There be…句型疑问句形式)
T Is there a living room on the first floor
Ss Yes there is
T Are there two bedrooms on the first floor
Ss No there aren’t
(学生间进行话)
S1 …
S2 …
(板书)
garden upstairs come in
2 (课前设置听力务 板书)
(1) Where are the bedrooms
(2) Where’s the study
(3) Are there many books on the shelves
T Now let’s listen to 1a and find out the answers to these questions Are you ready
Ss Yes
T OK Let’s begin
(播放1a录音)
3 (核答案 板书关键词)
T Who can answer the first question
S1 They’re on the second floor
T Well done What about the second question
S2 It’s next to the bedroom
T Good Thank you The last question
S3 Yes there are
T Good job
(板书)
study—second floor—next to—bedroom—books—shelves
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间8分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Now please follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标记号 先读 然读 核语音语调)
T Erase the marks and read 1a by yourselves Then check your pronunciation and intonation according to the tape
3 (机话)
T Now listen to me carefully Suppose you are Jane Listen to the tape and make a dialog with Maria
4 (学生黑板关键词 请学生台表演 然完成1b)
T Now boys and girls please look at the key words and act out the dialog
G1 …
T Wonderful Any other groups
G2 …
(学生表演进行点评)
5 (检查核答案)
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练2a 完成2b
1 (1)(学生认真听2a录音独立完成2a 学关房间名词)
T Now listen to 2a and match them by yourselves
(播放录音)
(2)(呈现2a挂图 学生着教师已准备关房间单词卡片根录音容黑板前粘贴 句话说出位置)
T Boys and girls put up the cards of places on the right places and say a sentence
Example
There is a study on the second floor
There are two bedrooms on the second floor
The garden is in front of the house
…
(3)(核答案)
T Now let’s check the answers Listen to me carefully and correct them
Rooms on the first floor C D E G (from left to right)
Rooms on the second floor A A B (from left to right)
In front of the house F
2 (学生2a图 搭档话完成2b学生准备分钟 然找组表演话)
T Now let’s look at the picture in 2a and then finish 2b according to the example with your partner
(分钟 学生表演)
T Which group can act your dialog out
G We can
(表演话)
T Great Any more
…
3 (教师名学生先做示范 学生仿示范完成3)
T Please be quiet Listen to us carefully
Example
T Where’s your father
S1 He is in front of the house
T What’s he doing
S1 He’s cleaning the car
(学生搭档讨 完成话)
T Make conversations with your partner now
S2 …
S3 …
(板书领读生词)
grandfather door behind
(学生根话3中短语连句)
T Please make sentences according to the words and phrases in the boxes in 3
Example
Father is cleaning the car in front of the house
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 增强学生综合运力
1 (呈现学生张表格 介绍教室)
There is
a teacher
a clock
a blackboard
…
There are
students
books
desks
…
T Introduce our classroom according to the form and then report to the class
Example
(陈述形式)
There is a teacher in our classroom
There are some students in our classroom
(问答形式)
S1 Is there a teacher in our classroom
S2 Yes there is
S1 Are there any students in our classroom
S2 Yes there are
S1 Is there a cat…
S2 No there isn’t
…
2 (完成4)
(1)(学生画张家图片 英文标出画房间物品名称)
T Draw a picture of your own house and mark the names of rooms and home items
(2)(运演讲形式 学生介绍喜欢房间房间里什)
T Make a report to introduce your favorite room and what is in it
Example
My favorite room is my study It’s behind the garden I can do my homework there There’s a computer in it There’s also a TV in it I often watch TV in my study…
(3)(学生四组做关What’s your favorite room调查报告 然全班分组调查 机抽学生家汇报)
Example
××’s favorite room is hisher study HeShe can study in hisher study…
(4)(找找)
(出示张房间图片 学生找物品位置 引出What’s in that room课作铺垫)
T Boys and girls What’s in that room
Ss There is a bed a light …
T Where is the desk
Ss It’s near the window
T Very good Let’s begin
…
3 (家庭作业)
(学生画幅理想中房子英语进行简单描述少6句子)
T Draw a picture of your ideal house Then write a short passage about it (At least six sentences)
Ⅳ疑点探究
play with意玩耍游戏玩乐指童活动：
The child is playing with a ball 孩子正玩球
play意玩踢等意思时常指正式球类运动演奏活动：
They are playing basketball on the playground 正操场篮球
Section B
Section B needs 1~2 periods Section B需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a and 3 课重点活动1a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn the names of home items
lamp clock table key window
(2)Learn other new words and phrases
talk about near under put away thing dad model river
2 Go on learning the structure ofThere be and the prepositions of position
What’s on your desk There is a lamp a computer some books and so on
How much water is there Only a little
How many boats are there on the river There are two
3 Learn to look after one’s own things
Put it away please
You must look after your things
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图实物
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间6分钟)
复There be句型 导入1a
1 (黑板呈现张漂亮两层楼挂图 书房卧室厨房餐厅客厅卫生间花园复There be句型)
(图走 求学生着记忆 描述张图 采竞赛形式 组竞赛 单位竞赛 教师予奖励 激发学生学热情)
(竞赛规参赛者规定两分钟描述张图 说句 分 谁分 谁获胜)
T Look at the picture for one minute Then I’ll take it away You need to say as many sentences as possible about it in two minutes
Example
There’s a study on the second floor
There’s a garden in front of the house
There are some flowers in the garden
The living room is next to the dining room
…
2 (利1a挂图 引导学生复There be句型 引入新单词新句型)
T Now let’s look at the picture What can you see in it
S1 I can see a sofa
T Oh I see It’s near the desk
S2 I can see a family photo
T Can you see a clock on the wall It’s near the photo
…
T What’s on the desk
Ss There is a lamp a computer some books and so on
T We can also say There are some books a lamp a computer and so on Is there a clock on
it
Ss No there isn’t
(学生通观察发现规律)
(板书)
(1) What’s on your desk
There is a lamp a computer some books and so on
(2) Is there a clock on it
Yes there is No there isn’t
(3) It’s near the desk
Explain the phrase talk about
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间6分钟)
呈现1a
1 (学生听1a录音 回答面问题)
T Listen to 1a and answer the questions
(板书)
(1) Where’s the sofa
(2) What’s on the desk
(3) Where is the clock
(核答案)
2 (学生听1a注意语音语调)
T Please listen to the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
3 (学生根语音语调分角色朗读1a)
T Please work in pairs and read the dialog in roles
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间8分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (学生合书 1a挂图 描述Jane书房 巩固There be句型)
T Please close your books and look at the picture in 1a Then describe Jane’s study OK
2 (根1a 两组谈书房卧室…… 完成1b学生理解under)
T Now I’ll give you some minutes to talk about your studybedroom … Then act out your
dialogs in pairs
Example
S1 What’s in your study
S2 There isare …
S1 Is there aan …
S2 Yes there isNo there isn’t
3 (学生根1a学试着句话描述书房卧室……)
T According to la try to use some sentences to describe your study bedroom …
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
通练 完成2 3 4
1 (1)(学生2图 听录音 完成2学生掌握生词table key put away dadthing)
T Look at the pictures in 2 and listen to the tape and finish 2
(2)(听完录音 核答案)
T Who can tell us your answers
S1 on There are keys
S2 behind There’s away
T That’s right
(3)学列句子(理解)
a I think they’re Judy’s
b Don’t put them there Put them away please
c You must look after your things
2 (课前准备实物 学生There be句型回答)
(方案)
(教师书包中取出香蕉藏身导出新句型)
T Are there any bananas in my bag
Ss No there aren’t They are behind you
T How many bananas are there
Ss There are two
T Well done
(出示装少水瓶子导出新句型)
T Now please look at my hand What’s in it
Ss There is a bottle in it
T Is there any water in the bottle
Ss Yes there is
T How much water is there
Ss Only a little
(板书)
How many+数名词复数形式+are there …
There are…
How much+数名词+is there …
There is…
(方案二)
(教师出示三香蕉)
T Now please look here What’s in my hand
Ss There are three bananas
(香蕉装入书包中)
①T Are there any bananas in my bag
Ss Yes there are
T How many bananas are there(句子面画线示注意)
Ss There are three
T Well done boys and girls
(oranges books等数名词进行pair workchain drills操练学生纳
How many+数名词复数形式+are there… )
②(教师边说Oh we’ve talked so long I think you must want to drink a little water边装点水杯子递学生示意作答)
T Is there any water in your cup
S Yes there is
T How much water is there(句子面画线)
S Only a little
T Excellent(身体语言竖起拇指)
(milk tea等数名词进行pair workchain drills操练学生纳
How much+数名词+is there… )
(板书形式)
①中话
How many+ + there …
②中话
How much+ + there …
3 (学生3图片 完成3学生掌握生词windowmodel)
T Let’s go to 3 There are eight pictures in it First read the dialogs below Picture 1 and 2 by yourselves for one minute
(分钟)
T Now let’s look at Picture 1 and 2 Make new dialogs according to Picture 1 and 2
(两分钟 挑选两组表演)
T I’ll choose two pairs to act them out
G1 A What’s near the window
B There is a guitar near it
G2 A Are there any books on the shelf
B Yes there are
(学生模仿34 完成话)
T Read the dialogs below Picture 3 and 4 and make similar dialogs
G3 A What’s in the tree
B There’re some birds in it
A How many birds are there
B There are three
G4 A Is there any milk in the glass
B Yes there is
A How much milk is there
B Only a little
4 (4图片 两组编话学生掌握生词river)
T Please look at the picture in 4 then work in pairs and make new dialogs like this
Dialog 1 S3 What’s in the picture
S4 There are some dogs in it
Dialog 2 S5 Are there any monkeys in the tree
S6 Yes there are
S5 How many monkeys are there
S 6 There are three
(求学生样方法编话 完成4)
T Pay attention to the differences between in the rivertree and on the rivertree
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动培养学生实际操作力
1 (找找课前实物 铅笔尺子书包刀等放教室位置 学生找物品说明某什)
Example
S1 Where is the pencilbox
S2 It’s on the desk
S1 What’s under the desk
S2 There is a pencil a ruler a knife and two pens
S1 …
S2 …
(开展话活动时 求学生特注意in on next to in front of behind等介词 重点练What’s oninnext to…？There isare…)
2 (方案 学生两组图文形式介绍家里某房间物品摆放中名学生画图 名学生配文字说明 站讲台前学生描述)
Example
My Study
There’s a family photo on the wall of my study A clock is next to it There is a desk and a chair in the study What’s on the desk There are some books and a computer There’s a football under the chair Behind the desk there’s a cat Do you like the study
(活动结束 学生选出佳搭档 教师予鼓励表扬)
(方案二 两组活动 中名学生文字描述某房间 外名学生画图 图展示出 学生选出佳搭档 教师予鼓励表扬)
3 (家庭作业)
(学生根4中图片写篇短文少60字)
T Write a short passage according to the picture in 4 (at least 60 words)
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
I Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
in the center of yard beautiful flower large left people mirror drawer chair keyboard
2 Go on learning the prepositions of position and the structure of There be
(1)Talk about positions
Our bathroom is on the right of the yard
Where are the shoes They’re under the bed
Where is the computer It’s on the desk
(2)Talk about existence
There is a small garden in the center of the yard
There are many beautiful flowers in the garden But there aren’t any trees
At the back of the yard there is a nice house
Near the house there is an apple tree
On the left of the yard there is a kitchen and a dining room
Are there many beautiful flowers in the garden
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图图片简笔画
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复There be句型 引出1a
1 (检查点评节课布置家庭作业)
2 (全班分成4组利1a图片组组间进行问答赛)
(竞赛规：全班分成4组组回答问题 提出新问题外组学生回答问题重复第问题教师问第组回答)
T What’s in the picture
G1 There’s a nice house Where’s the garden
G2 It’s in front of the house Is there a big tree
G3 Yes there is Where is it
G4 It’s near the house
…
(总结赛结果进行鼓励表扬)
(教师引导学生图利已学知识引出1a新词汇)
T You’re great Now let’s talk about the picture together Look There is a nice house a garden a tree a car and two small houses in the yard The garden is in the center of the yard Can you see many beautiful flowers Where are they
Ss Yes In the garden
T Can you find the kitchen S1
S1 Yes It’s beside the house
T You’re right We can also say It’s on the left of the yard Then who can tell where the bathroom is
S2 I can It’s on the right of the yard
T Is the bathroom small or large boys and girls
Ss It’s small
(板书)
Yard in the center of beautiful flower left large
(学生朗读必时教师帮助)
T Now please read aloud the new words on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间8分钟)
呈现1a
1 (呈现听力务听1a录音判断句子正误)
T Listen to 1a carefully and mark True (T) or False (F)
( ) (1) The house is in the center of the yard
( ) (2) There are some trees in the garden
( ) (3) There is a large living room in the house
( ) (4) Their bathroom is on the left of the yard
( ) (5) There are some birds singing in the tree
(放遍录音边听边核答案注意语音语调)
2 (学生朗读1a 次画出介绍院中建筑物位置关键词 然核)
T Read 1a and then underline the key words that introduce the positions of the buildings in the yard Then check the answers
T Can we share your answers S3
S3 Certainly …
T Good
…
(然核)
T The answers are center back left right
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间7分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (学生仔细阅读1a 完成1b 然教师核答案求学生掌握生词people)
T Now please read 1a carefully Finish 1b and then I will check the answers
2 (全班分成四组 学生1a中关键词句找出列纸组选出名成员点复述短文)
T The class will be divided into four groups List some key words and sentences on your paper and retell the passage according to the key words I’ll choose one student in each group to retell it
Example
This is my home There is a small garden in the center of the yard And in the garden there are many beautiful flowers…
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练方位介词 完成2 3
1 (教师已准备图片贴黑板 ：树椅子…… 找学生图片画出东西运已学方位介词There be句型造句)
Example
There is a red car in front of the classroom
2 (出示图片简笔画教学新单词drawer chair keyboard pencilbox mirror介词in on under behind in front of进行操练)
(出示抽屉椅子键盘铅笔盒镜子简笔画)
T Look at the picturethe stick figure and learn the new word drawer
(简笔画中添支笔 操练介词inunder)
Example
T What’s in the drawer
Ss There is a pen in it
T What’re under the drawer
Ss There are some pens under it
(样方法 完成介词操练)
(板书)
drawer chair keyboard pencilbox mirror
3 (学生独立完成2 教师核答案)
T Finish 2 by yourselves and then we will check the answers together
(核完答案 学生两组练话)
T OK Practice the dialogs in pairs After a while I’ll ask three pairs to read the dialogs
4 (1)(两组找出3中两幅图片处制作份处清单)
T Work in pairs to find out the differences between the two pictures in 3 And then make a list of differences
(2)(学生两组根3中AB图片分角色编话根话容图片完成填空)
T Now work in pairs and make new dialogs according to Picture A and B in 3 And fill in the blanks
Example
S1 What color is the bag in Picture A
S2 It’s green
S1 What about the bag in Picture B
S2 It’s yellow What’s on the desk in Picture A
S1 There is a computer and a keyboard
S2 What’s on the desk in Picture B
S1 There are some pencils some books and a lamp
S2 Are there any shelves in Picture A
S1 Yes there are What’s on the shelves
S2 There are some books and a model plane
(核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 培养学生创新力
1 (结活动中名学生名学生描述卧室书房客厅……里物体 求外名学生房间里物体放合适方 房间更加方漂亮 图描绘出两起文字表达出组设计卧室书房客厅……佳 予鼓励)
Example
S1 There is a desk a chair a bookcase a computer a soccer a TV a lamp a kite a guitar a vase a map of China a family photo a clock some flowers some pictures and some books in the study
S2 OK I can draw them well
…
2 (家庭作业)
(学生两张卧室挂图求学生写篇关两卧室处短文)
Ⅳ疑点探究
英语中介词运灵活 根具体位置选应介词 根汉语直译选择
onin the wall
There is a window in the wall 墙扇窗户
There is a picture on the wall 墙幅画
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 and 5 课重点活动15
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 (1)Review the prepositions of position
(2)Review the structure ofThere be
3 Review home items
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机图片单词卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间6分钟)
复单词
1 (方案：听写单词话题单词词性类然进行听写活动旨加强学生单词记忆运话题写作练奠定基础)
①(名词名词短语)：floor bedroom kitchen garden bathroom grandfather house door lamp clock table key thing dad window model river center yard flower people mirror drawer chair keyboard pencilbox living room dining room
②(介词介词短语)：behind near under next to in front of in the center of on the left at the back of
③(数词副词形容词)：second upstairs away beautiful large left
④(动词短语)：come in talk about put away
(方案二：单词竞赛单元单词词组功分类制成单词卡片教师出中文意思学生说英文求名学生必答两单词词分然进行全班抢答)
T Now let’s have a word competition I’ll give you Chinese meaning Please say them in English Each word you’ll get one point Are you ready OK Go
…
T Well done This time let’s have a quick answer If you know you can stand up and answer quickly Yeah begin
(必答单词：second floor bedroom upstairs kitchen garden grandfather front house behind door near lamp clock under table key away thing dad window model river center yard beautiful flower large left bathroom people drawer chair keyboard)
(抢答词组：next to come in dining room living room in front of talk about put away in the center of on the left at the back of)
(通单词词组必答抢答 进步巩固单元词汇 培养竞争意识 调动学积极性)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1
1 (呈现含发音单词卡片 学生熟悉发音 面操练做准备)
T How do you read this word (呈现bird单词卡片)
Ss Bird
T What about this one (呈现girl单词卡片)
Ss Girl
(板书girl bird shirt画线ir帮助学生找规律)
girl bird shirt
2 (样步骤教学 )
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1
1 (学生听1录音声读)
T Listen to the tape and then read after it
(听1录音 学生听完三单词 快速说出汉语意思)
T Listen to the tape again and say the Chinese meaning quickly after every three words
2 (学生纳含 读音单词)
T Let’s sum up the words that have the pronunciations
For example
first thirty thirteen …
know boat coat …
right night light …
horse short sport …
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间17分钟)
通练完成2 4a4b
1 (1)(学生根听2录音 完成2)
T Listen to 2 and draw a picture according to what you will hear
(学生先写关键词 录音停止画)
(2)(核完答案 选出佳图画 张贴教室里接着求学生图写出刚听句子 巩固学介词There be句型)
T Please write the sentences that you heard just now according to the picture
2 (1)(学生纳整理话题重点加深印象巩固记忆四组进行学名学生负责纳整理Section重点句型词组四名学生总结结果汇总起全班学生汇报全班学享Topic 1重点句型词组课4a4b)
(2)(告诉学生合书完成列题目目巩固加强单元重点4a4b然核答案)
T Please close your books and finish the questions below
A：适介词介词短语副词填空
①There is a computer her study
②—Where is your study
—It’s the second floor my bedroom
③—Are there any shoes the bed
—Yes there are
④—What’s the house
—There’s a car
⑤There is a small garden the center the yard
⑥You must look your things and put them
参考答案：①in ②on next tonear ③under ④in front ofbehind ⑤in of ⑥after away
B：根括号求完成句子
①There is a computer in picture B(变成否定句)
②There are three bedrooms a large living room on the second floor(变成般疑问句)
③Are there any boats on the river(做出肯定回答否定回答)
④There are three model planes on the desk(画线处提问)
⑤There is only a little water in the bottle(④)
参考答案：
①There isn’t a computer in picture B
②Are there three bedrooms a large living room on the second floor
③Yes there are No there aren’t
④How many model planes are there on the desk
⑤How much water is there in the bottle
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间12分钟)
通活动 培养学生实际运力
1 (结活动张图案鲜明图片S1 S1图中容S1图面学生 S1问问题 学生回答S1根学生描述黑板画出幅图学生S1分活动够活跃课堂气氛 激发学生学兴趣)
Example
S1 What can you see in the picture
S2 There is a horse in the picture
S1 What else
S3 There is a man on the horse
S1 Is the horse running or walking
S4 The horse is running
S1 What else can you see
S5 The sky is blue and there are many trees in the picture
…
(增加教学弹性 换图做两次)
2 (完成5学生四组 做调查 伴房间里什东西 先作汇报接着选学 房间里东西放合适方 图体现出谁设计效果 张贴教室里 予表扬)
(1)T Work in groups of four Make a survey about the things in your classmates’ rooms
Name
Thing and position
…
…
…
…
T Report to your group using the sentences like this
There is…
There isn’t…
There are…
There aren’t…
It’s oninbehindin front of…
They’re oninbehindin front of…
(2)T Then draw a room The student who draws the things in the best place is the winner
3 (家庭作业)
(学生朋友写封信介绍家房间分类房子周围环境少70字完成3)
T Write a letter to your friend Describe rooms in your house and the things around them Finish 3 (at least 70 words)
参考范文：
Dear Mary
I’m very glad to get a letter from you From your letter I know your home is beautiful I want to tell you something about my home too
My house is very big There are two bedrooms and a small study There is a computer in my study I love playing games and studying on the computer Next to the computer there is a shelf On the shelf there are some books
There are many trees around my house In front of my house there is a beautiful garden There are many beautiful flowers in it
I like my home very much
Yours
Li Hua
话题教学记反思
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第5周 3月2529日 完成 TOPIC 2教学
Topic 2 What kind of home do you live in
Section A
Section A needs 1 period Section A需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words
country month Mrs furniture quiet
2 Talk about the types of buildings
townhouse farmhouse apartment …
3 Learn to read and write the ads for house renting
(1) Small apartment for students 850 a month
(2) House with three bedrooms Call Mrs Tong in the evening
(3) House with furniture for a family of three
(4) Looking for a quiet double room under300 per month
4 Learn to find out the language rules and give more examples
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机房屋图片幻灯片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复There be句型 引入1a
1 (方案)
(教室里情况复There be句型)
T Boys and girls please make sentences withThere bestructure
(支钢笔放讲台)
S1 There is a pen on the teacher’s desk
(出示尺子 放手)
S2 There are many rulers in your hand
S3 …
T Good You are great
(方案二)
(教学生唱面歌 活跃气氛 复There be句型 然导入课)
T Let’s chant
(幻灯片展示)
There are books on the tables
There are children on the chairs
There are pencils in our hands
And there’s a teacher over there
There are words on the blackboard
There are pictures on the walls
But the cute animal in my pocket is the best thing of all
2 (教师ABC三幅图 呈现学生引导学生学1a新词汇
句型)
T Now let’s look at the pictures Which one does your home look like S4
S4 A looks like my house
T This is an apartment building Boys and girls what kind of home does S4
live in
A
Ss An apartment building
(样方法呈现学BC两幅图 引入1a)
(板书 英汉)
apartment building 公寓楼
townhouse市镇住宅
B
farmhouse 农舍
What kind of home do you live in家什样？
It’s an apartment building座公寓楼
3 (话形式练种房子类型)
T Which house do you like best
S5 I like townhouses best
C
S6 I like apartment buildings best
S7 I like farmhouses best
T Good job I know some of you like townhouses some of you like farmhouses but Kangkang likes apartment buildings best Do you know what kind of home Wang Wei likes
(通问题形式 然渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1a
1 (设置板书听力务 学生带着务听录音)
(1)What kind of home does Kangkang live in
(2)What kind of home does Wang Wei live in
(3)What kind of home do Wang Wei’s grandparents live in
2 (学生听1a录音 回答问题然师生起核答案)
T Listen to the tape and answer the questions Then we will check the answers together
3 (关键词写黑板 呈现1a 步学生书话基础)
kind of home——an apartment——a townhouse——
grandparents——live in a big farmhouse——in the country——
Michael——looking for——near——let’s help
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (1)(放1a录音 学生听 注意语音语调)
T Now let’s listen to the tape again Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(2)(学生模仿录音两组互换角色朗读话)
T Pair work Read 1a aloud in different roles imitating the tape
(3)(老师引领学生根黑板关键词复述1a)
T Retell 1a after me according to the key words on the blackboard
(4)(学生两组黑板关键词表演话)
T Work in pairs Act 1a out according to the key words on the blackboard
2 (学生完成1b相互核答案)
T Finish 1b by yourselves and then check the answers with each other
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
呈现2a 完成2b 2c
1 (呈现出求租广告)
T Here’s an ad
WANTED
House with furniture for a family of three
Please call Mr Li at 88384558
T The ad shows Mr Li wants to rent a house from others If Mr Brown has a house for a family of three what phone number can he call at
Ss He can call Mr Li at 88384558
T Yes Mr Brown has a house for rent And he can also write an ad Let us help him
(板书求学生理解rent)
FOR RENT
House with furniture for a family of three
Please call Mr Brown at 86364328
T The ad shows Mr Brown wants to rent his house to others
2 (呈现2a 完成2b)
(1)(黑板画出表格学生听录音填表格)
T Listen to the tape and complete the table
Name
What kind of house
Tel
FOR RENT
Ms Zhang
small apartment for students
Mrs Tong
66285669
WANTED
house with furniture
88384558
Bob
13973824946
(2)(学生听2a录音核答案)
T Now listen to the tape again and then check the answers
(学生听录音时教师板书2a中出现生词听完录音教读生词)
month Mrs furniture quiet per
(3)(学生阅读2a完成2b)
T OK Next I want you to read 2a and finish 2b I will check your answers in 3 minutes
3 (学生完成2c假设林林家房子出租屋家具齐全电话号码88576391琳达家租套带三卧室房子电话号码66319245请学生帮助设计两广告全班学生分成两组 组写求租广告 组写出租广告 组完成快)
T Suppose Linlin wants to rent a house with furniture to others His telephone number is 88576391 Linda wants a house with three bedrooms Her telephone number is 66319245 Please help them write two ads I will divide the class into two groups one group writes the ad for being wanted and the other group writes the ad for rent Then let’s see which group does better
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动提高学生总结纳应力
1 (黑板写出1a2a中出现三短语学生学会已掌握知识中总结纳语言规加运)
(板书)
a townhouse with two floors
house with three bedrooms
house with furniture
(学生发现结构规律量写出类似短语谁写)
T Look at the three phrases from 1a and 2a Think them over and find out the rules of their structures Then write out the similar phrases as many as you can Let’s see who does the best
For example
a house with a large garden
an apartment with twenty floors
a girl with big eyes
a boy with long hair
…
2 (全班分成四组做调查 三分钟请名学生全班汇报完成1c)
T Now let’s survey about different types of homes in your group And report it to your class three minutes later
Example
S1 What kind of home do you live in
S2 It’s an apartment
Home
Number
Home
Number
apartment
townhouse
farmhouse
dormitory
(三分钟 名学生汇报)
T Stop here please I’ll ask one student of each group to tell us the result You may do it like this
In our group three students live in apartment buildings and two students live in
3 (假设张先生家三口外北京做生意 想求租家具房子 请学生写广告 张先生电话号码88392357)
T Help Mr Zhang write an ad to rent a house with furniture for a family of three please And
his telephone number is 88392357
4 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生写租房广告求租广告)
T Write an ad for rent and an ad for being wanted
(2)(学生课预Section B)
T Preview Section B
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B 需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn the names of public places and facilities
store bank street post office bookstore museum parking lot supermarket station restaurant reading room road
(2)Learn other new words and phrases
neighbor corner mail hear piano loud really at the end of …
2 (1)Go on learning the structure ofThere be
There is one in front of our building
There are no houses on the right
(2)Go on learning the prepositions of position
There is one on the street corner
Mr Smart lives at the end of Elm Road
Mr Jackson lives between Mr Smart and Mr Lee
3 Talk about the facilities and living environments in the community
4 Talk about the relationships between neighbors and learn to understand others’ feelings and respect each other
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机张区示意图
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间6分钟)
复There be句型 呈现1b
1 (接龙游戏全班分成组 There be句型说出教室里物品位置关系 组组间
进行提问赛)
T What’s in the classroom
G1 There are four windows in the wall What’s on the wall
G2 There is a clock and some pictures on the wall What’s on the desk
G3 …
2 (学生展示张生活区周边示意图 1b中单词词组介绍区附设施名称)
T Look at the map Here is a bank We can keep money in the bank Can you guess the
meaning of the word bank
Ss 银行
T Yes you’re right Where can we buy things Of course we can buy things in the store or supermarket So what’s the meaning of store or supermarket
Ss 商店
…
(板书学生读板书单词短语)
bank store museum bookstore parking lot post office supermarket hospital train station
(根示意图学生提问 复There be句型物体位置表达法)
T Look at the map again Is there a bank in the area
Ss Yes there is
T Is there a zoo
Ss No there isn’t
T Where is the museum
Ss It’s next to the bookstore
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间6分钟)
呈现1a
1 (告诉学生迈克尔新搬进区 知道区里商店银行里学生听1a录音 判断正误)
T Michael is new in this community He doesn’t know where the store and bank are Now let’s listen to 1a and mark True (T) or False (F)
(板书需判断正误句子)
( )(1) There is a store near here
( )(2) There is a bank in front of the building
( )(3) Michael and Mary are good friends
(播放1a录音 然核答案)
T Who can share your answers with us
S1 I can Number 1 is T Number 2 is F Number 3 is F
2 (学生听1a录音 找出关键词)
T Please listen to the tape again and circle the key words
(教师总结板书)
new neighbor——look for——store——in front of——bank——corner
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a
1 (学生录音机朗读1a 注意语音语调)
T Please read 1a after the tape Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
2 (学生黑板关键词 两组表演话)
T Look at the key words on the blackboard and act out the dialog in pairs
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间20分钟)
练1b 1c3 呈现2a完成2b
1 (1)(学生完成1b 区设施名称功配)
T We know there are many facilities in one area and we can do different things in different places Now look at the pictures in 1b Match the pictures with the things we can do
(2)(区公设施功做问答练板书应设施功核答案)
T What can we do in a post office
S1 Mail letters
T Where can we keep money
S2 Bank
(3)(1b 拓展区设施功)
(板书)
restaurant eat meals
hotel sleep
hairdresser’s get a haircut
shoe shop buy shoes
clothing store buy clothes
2 (1)(学生完成1c)
①T Suppose you are in an area Let’s listen to the tape and check the places in your area
(核A答案)
T What’s in your area
Ss Bookstore parking lot bank restaurant post office and hospital
②(学生听录音注意公设施间位置关系)
T Listen to the tape again and pay more attention to the location relations among the public facilities
(核B答案然学生根答案语言表达出公设施间位置关系)
T Check the answers And then express their location relations in your own words
(2)(求学生讲述生活区中邻居位置关系然完成3教师核答案掌握生词at the end ofroad)
T Please tell us where the neighbors live in your area Then finish 3 and we will check the answers
3 (1)(呈现2a图 利图通师生互动导出heardoing学生学会英语交流中注意理解情感学会相互尊重)
T Look at the picture Who is that girl
Ss She is Mary
T What is she doing
Ss She is playing the piano at home
T Right She is playing the piano when Michael is working in his home He can hear the music and can’t work So he comes to Mary’s home What’s his first sentence Do you know
(学生发挥想象尝试环境语言表达教师评价引导出答案)
T He says I hear you playing the piano The music is very beautiful but I’m afraid it’s too loud
(板书讲解hear…doing引导学生领悟… but I’m afraid …句式表达包含情感态度)
hear … doing
T What does Mary answer
Ss I’m really sorry about that
(讲解生词理解matter掌握piano loud really)
(2)(学生听2a录音 读话)
T Please listen to the tape and repeat it
4 (学生两组表演2a)
T Now work in pairs to act out the dialog
5 (完成2b两组2b中情景求编话然抽组表演通项练 培养学生综合运语言做事力理解生词loudlyreading room)
T Practice in pairs After three minutes I’ll ask some pairs to act it out
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间8分钟)
通练 培养学生综合运力
1 (猜)
(学生分组描述代表性区公场 组学生猜什方 组少信息猜)
Example
T This is a place where we can keep money Can you guess it
Ss Yes it’s a bank
T Very good Let’s begin
G1 …
G2 …
2 (学生做调查调查否喜欢邻居邻居样完成调查表)
T Do you like your neighbors What do you think of your neighbors Please make a survey and complete the table
Neighbor
Quiet
Noisy
Polite
Friendly
A
B
(学生根调查表 介绍邻居 进行简单评价)
T Please tell us something about your neighbors
S3 I have two neighbors One is a teacher and the other is a driver The teacher is very helpful and he often helps me with my lessons He works very hard and he gets up very early and comes home very late But he never makes too much noise The driver is …
3 (家庭作业)
(学生画张居住区图 介绍设施设施位置)
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C 需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
child a lot of close to far from service area stop fan line bad someone check right now
2 Go on learning the structure ofThere be
There are many old people living here
There are a lot of tall buildings and small gardens in our community
Is there a community service center in your area
3 Talk about living environments
4 Learn to make telephone calls for help
Hello this is Linda speaking
Sorry I can’t hear you The line is bad
There is something wrong with my kitchen fan
I’ll get someone to check it right now
5 Cultivate the students’ responsibility and service consciousness
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机单词卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
放录音 引入1a
1 (放3录音 全班学生学唱 活跃课堂气氛)
T Please sing the song Home on the Range after the tape together
2 (检查家庭作业复区公设施名称)
T Let’s check the homework and review the names of Public places and facilities
3 (1) (单词竞赛必答抢答形式呈现 必答两排学生 名学生两单词 单词
Section AB单词表中黑体部分抢答单词课出现单词词组 谁知道谁站起 教师单词卡片呈现汉语 学生说英语1单词1分 然学生知道单词进行教读 单词词组板书通竞赛 学生积极参 动学)
T Now let’s have a word competition First the required answers There are two words for each student I’ll give you the Chinese meanings You say them in English Do you understand Row 3 please
(板书)
station restaurant mail supermarket museum street bank neighbor country
month corner furniture quiet store road hear piano end really loud Mrs
(2) (呈现抢答单词词组 求学生抢答)
T Good Go on with our quick responses If you know you can stand up quickly and answer Are you ready Go
(板书)
right now someone check area close to child far from service stop fan line bad
(3) (学生答错单词集中起 全班齐读)
T Well done Let’s read together
4 (1)(安排名学生站教室面 教师利种情景 1a部分中关键词句型呈现出 学生学1a扫清部分障碍)
T Oh look There are a lot of students standing there Where are they They are close to the back door They are at the end of the classroom They are far from here
(板书画线部分关键词齐读学生熟悉)
There are a lot of students standing there Where are they
close to far from
community service center
area
(2)(师生问答练梳理1a情境)
T Listen and answer my questions Do you live in a community
S1 Yes I do
T How is your community
S1 It’s quiet
T Is there a service center in your community
S1 Yes there is
T Can you get help from service center in your community
S1 Yes I can
…
T Wow your community is great Now I want to know how Linda’s community is
(引出1a)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间6分钟)
(呈现1a)
1 (呈现1a图片 学生快速浏览1a中问题 带着务快速阅读)
T Linda lives in Yushancun What’s Yushancun like Let’s read the passage quickly and find out the answers to the questions in 1a
2 (核答案)
T Answer the questions and then check the answers
(板书)
(1) It’s quiet
(2) Yes there are
(3) It’s in an apartment building
(4) No it isn’t
3 (求学生次阅读找关键词 呈现黑板 步做准备)
quiet a lot of apartment many close to near far from center
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a
1 (求学生黑板关键词听1a录音 加深印象)
T Listen to the tape Close your books and look at the key words on the blackboard
2 (求学生利课文1a图片问题关键词复述短文)
T OK who can retell the text You can use the picture the questions or the key words
3 (学生组讨1b中问题完成1b)
T What’s your home like Please discuss the questions in 1b with your group members
(检查讨结果)
T Who wants to tell us something about your area
S1 I live in Baibuting Garden My home is in an apartment building There are a lot of tall buildings and small gardens in our community There are many people living in our community The bus stop is near my home The shops are also close to my house Oh there is a community service center in my area I like living here very much…
4 (设计理想区蓝图求学生量There be … doing sth句子结构展示作品教师予评价)
T Are you satisfied with your community What is your ideal community Please ask your partner some questions about hisher ideal community and write a passage about your ideal community using more There be… doing sth At the same time you may draw a community plan Please don’t look at each other’s
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间12分钟)
呈现2a完成2a2b
1 (呈现2a)
(1)(学生听2a录音 完成2a)
T As we all know in many areas there is a community service center If we have problems we can call it for help Now Linda is calling the community service center Let’s listen to the tape and find out what’s the matter with her
(学生听完录音 回答问题)
T OK stop here What’s the matter with Linda
Ss There is something wrong with her kitchen fan It doesn’t work
T How does Linda deal with it
Ss She calls the community service center for help
(2)(设置情景学生应新语言知识)
T Who has model cars or planes
S2 I have
T Does it work well
S2 No it doesn’t
T You should get someone to check it(边说边板书get sb to do sth)
S2 OK
T Now Work in pairs to make similar dialogs
(3)(提供关键词 学生两组练话)
(板书)
live——matter——fan——can’t hear——wrong——check——right now
T Please practice the conversation according to the key words with your partner
2 (完成2b 学生两组编话)
T So we know if we have problems we can do as Linda calling the community service center Now suppose there is something wrong with your TVcomputer… and you want to get help from a community service center Please make a dialog about it with your partner according to 2a
(组学生表演朗读编话)
T Who wants to act out or read your dialog
S3 Our group
T OK very good You can begin
S3 Hello the First City Community Service Center What can I do for you
S4 Hello this is Sally speaking I live in
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动培养学生解决实际问题力
1 (学生全班学生做调查 果家里生活品坏 解决 然汇报)
T Of course when we have problems we can call the community service center Also there are many other ways to solve the problems For example The old bike doesn’t work and it’s not worth mending so we can buy a new one Now make a survey about the ways you can use when something is broken Complete the table and then report to the class
Name
Something wrong
Way
get help from the community service center
do it by oneself
throw away
ask sb for help
(选择名学生汇报调查方法)
T Who wants to tell us the result of your survey
S1 I want
T OK very good You can begin
S1 Linda’s kitchen fan doesn’t work so she gets help from the community service center Sally’s bike doesn’t work and she repairs it by herself
2 (先介绍社区然假设新社区负责说说会开设什新服务什？培养学生责感服务意识)
T Please introduce your community at first Then imagine you were the new manager and tell us what more services you will provide Why
3 (家庭作业)
(学生调查区社区服务中心够提供帮助样获帮助等)
T Please survey your community service center What can they do for you How do you get help from them
Ⅳ疑点探究
电话语
电话语中this表示 that表示：Who’s that This is Michael现代电话语中 常this指方 表示亲切：Who’s this 谁？
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 2a and 5 课重点活动1 2a5
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 Learn some new words
move countryside city traffic cost miss fresh town
3 Review the structure ofThere be
4 Review how to talk about living environments
5 Let the students learn how to deal with things in study and daily life
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机黑板图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间6分钟)
通复 引入2a
1 (出示两张图片)
A B
(学生there be…结构描述图片)
T Please describe the two pictures using the structure there be…
(师生图话复重句型引出2a中生词呈现黑板)
T Now let’s talk about the pictures What’s the differences between the two pictures in the sky
Ss There are no birds in Picture A but there are many in Picture B
T What are the birds doing in the sky
Ss They are flyingsinging
T You’re right We can say There are many birds flyingsinging in the sky in Picture B It’s clear that Picture A shows something about cities and Picture B is about countryside Who can tell us something more about cities
S1 There are many people and tall buildings
T Good Anything else
S2 There are many buses and cars on the road
T Yes So we can say The traffic is heavy Are the cities quiet
Ss No
T Right They aren’t quiet They are noisy And the cost of living is high But some people want to move from countryside to cities to find work The Greens don’t like living in the city so they want to rent their house with two bedrooms to others Please help them write an ad
(板书生词求学生掌握city traffic cost move 理解noisy 解countryside)
city countryside traffic noisy cost move
2 (复广告表达)
(分钟)
T Great Next I’ll ask several students to report their ads and let’s see whose is the best
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间12分钟)
呈现2a1
T Do you want to know why so many people are moving from countryside to cities
1 (1)(学生快速阅读2a短文完成判断正误题核答案)
T Skim the passage in 2a and finish the exercises below(两分钟)
T Let’s check the answers together
(2)(学生次阅读短文找出短文中描述城市农村关键词)
T Read the passage again and find out the key words to describe the cities and countryside
(板书)
noisy
heavy traffic
city high cost of living countryside
the fresh air and the quiet life
a big yard
(3)(匹配板书相应项目)
T Match the descriptive words with city and countryside
2 (引出1)
(1)(学生声朗读zoosoon想想学词中oo发音相)
T Read zoo and soon aloud for three times pay attention to the pronunciation of the letters oo and then write out some more similar words
(分钟)
T Ready Can we share your answers S3
S3 Certainly School afternoon cool food…
(板书画线oo求学生找规律)
zoo soon school afternoon food
T You’re great The oo in them are all pronounced In a general way when oo are before voiced consonants or there is nothing after them they are usually pronounced such as cool too room
(2)(样方法引出 )
T Now let’s find out their friends in 1(渡语)
look took good
round sound about
country couple
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固12a
1 (学生听1录音 然读)
T Listen to 1 and read after it
2 (1)(学生听2a录音 课文 黑板关键词图片 加深印象)
T Listen to 2a Close your books and look at the key words and pictures on the blackboard
(2)(学生利关键词造句)
T OK please make sentences with the key words on the blackboard
(3)(求学生利短文图片关键词复述短文)
T Yeah I think the most exciting time is coming Who can have a try to retell the passage according to the key words and pictures Any volunteers
(4)(引导学生利表信息联系实际生活结合2a完成2b写作务)
reasons to live
countryside
hills and rivers
green trees and grass
clean air and water
houses with a big yard
city
supermarket
easy to find shop
interesting places to enjoy oneself
many kinds of traffic ways
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间7分钟)
练3 完成4a 4b
1 (1)(学生听录音完成3核答案)
T From 2a we have learned many people are moving from countryside to cities to find work Now let’s listen to 3 and finish it
(2)(学生听遍 尝试复述听句子)
T Listen to 3 again Try to retell some sentences one by one Come on Boys and girls
2 (黑板呈现关There be句型练 求学生完成 然纳总结There be句型法)
T In this topic we must master the structure of There be Now please look at the small blackboard Let’s do some exercises about this structure And then sum up its usage
Example
There (be) a computer in my study
There (be) a lamp a mirror a recorder and some books on the desk
There (be) a guitar beside it
There (be) some books on the bookcase
There (be) a lot of tall buildings
There (be) many shops a hospital and a school close to the buildings
There (be) no houses on the right
There (be) something wrong with my kitchen fan
There (be) some bread on the plate
There (be) many old people living there
3 (完成4a 4b容 总结纳话题语法短语)
T Look at 4a and 4b please They are very important to you You should read them carefully and try to remember them Understand
(学生阅读 教师巡视予必帮助)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间15分钟)
通活动 培养学生综合运力
1 (假设某学生家电视机出问题 需求助社区服务中心 学生两组编话 然选组学生台表演)
T Suppose there is something wrong with your TV set and you want to get help from the community service center Please make a dialog about it with your partner Are you ready Begin
2 (假放学回家时发现洗手间面许水第反应什？班学做项调查结果ABCD四种答案例图示请组形式讨出选择种什？培养学生分析问题处理问题力)
T What will you do first if you find some water on the floor in your washroom when getting home We’ve made a survey about it in a class They gave us four different kinds of answers as the diagram shows below Please discuss in groups and then tell the class your choice and the reason
A to call parents
B to wait for parents coming back
C to call the community service center
D to check the tap or pipe(水龙头水)
3 (家庭作业：)
(1)(收集关种房间家具名称单词填表)
T Collect the words of the names of rooms and furniture then complete the table
Room
bedroom
study
…
Furniture
bed
chair
…
(2) T Discuss and plan your ideal home and then draw a picture of it
话题教学记 反思
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第6周 2013 4月1日 5日（周进行第次阶段关考试 清明放假天）
4月1日进行考试前复指导学生练册 做材料教案略
2日3日考试时间评讲试卷进行听力训练
试卷分析学生考试质量简单分析：
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第7周 2013 年 4月 8日 12日周完成 Topic 3 Which is the way to the post office
教学
Topic 3 Which is the way to the post office
Section A
Section A needs 1~2 periods Section A需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a 2a and 3 课重点活动1a 2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words
bridge along turn across meter
2 Learn the phrasal prepositions
on the corner of across from betweenand
3 (1)Learn how to ask the way
Excuse me is there a bank near here
Excuse me how can I get to the bookstore
Excuse me which is the way to the post office
(2)Learn how to give directions
Go up this street to the end and you’ll find it on your left
Go along Xinhua Street and turn left at the first crossing
Go across the bridge
It’s about one hundred meters along on the right
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图球简单图校面图
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间10分钟)
通复 引出课重点短语句子
1 (着球 放位置 通师生互动 复学介词介词短语)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a ball
T Where is the ball
Ss It’s under the table
T Where is the ball
Ss It’s behind the door
…
(学生表现予肯定表扬 时变化位置关系 导出新短语介词)
(板书解释)
on the corner of across from between…and…
T Is the ball next to the box
Ss Yes it is
…
T Is the teachers’ office on the corner of the Central Road
Ss Yes it is
T Is it across from that English book
Ss Yes it is
T Is the desk between S1 and S2
Ss Yes it is
(学生两组练巩固短语介词 名学生东西放位置 名学生进行描述 然交换角色)
2 (1) (单词竞赛学生组单位 通赛形式 回顾总结已学点名词 写出优胜者)
T Boys and girls let’s have a word competition in groups The group that writes the most nouns of places is the winner
Example
G1 Bank post office bus station bookstore …
G2 …
…
(2)(指着3图 呈现新点名词学生适短语介词描述具体位置)
(板书)
Tsinghua University Peking University Ren’ai Education Institute Haidian Theater
T Where is Ren’ai Education Institute
Ss It’s next to Bayi School
…
3 (呈现幅简单图 学生掌握短语)
Example
(通短语熟悉操练初步解祈句 步听力扫清障碍 学生更掌握1a做铺垫)
(板书)
go along turn right
Go up this street to the end on the rightleft
at the third street Go across the bridge
T Excuse me how can I get to the bookstore
Ss Go along Suzhou Street to the end and you’ll see it
T Excuse me which is the way to the post office
Ss Sorry I don’t know I’m new here
T Thank you all the same
…
(利图种问路方式进行操练 然渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间8分钟)
呈现1a
1 (设置板书听力务 学生带着务听1a录音)
(1) Is there a bank near here
(2) How can we get to the bookstore
2 (学生听1a录音 回答问题核答案)
T Listen to 1a answer the questions and then check the answers
3 (学生思考总结问路方式然老师进行点评板书)
(板书)
Excuse me is there a bank near here
Excuse me how can I get to the bookstore
Excuse me which is the way to the post office
4 (关键词短语写黑板 呈现1a 步学生话基础)
(1) go up—end—left
(2) go along—turn left—first crossing—go across—one hundred meters—right
(3) new—all the same
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a
1 (放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读 然着录音起读逐句核语音语调)
T Erase your marks First read it by yourselves then follow the tape and check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are AB listen to the tape and make a dialog with BA
4 (学生合书 根黑板1a关键词短语 两组表演1a)
T Work in pairs Close your books Look at the key words and phrases on the blackboard and act out the dialog
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间7分钟)
通练呈现3完成1b 2a2b
1 (1)(学生阅读1b中A部分指路语选出正确图画然核答案完成1b中A部分)
T Please read the instructions in 1b and choose the correct pictures Then check the answers
(2)(学生出示1a图片 利1a中问路指路句型 完成1b中B部分)
T Boys and girls please look at the picture in 1a If you are standing at A How can you get to the school
Ss
2 (学生图 快速说出短语介词 完成2a)
T Look at the maps and tell me the prepositions as quickly as you can
3 (学生根2a图片填空然师生起核答案完成2b)
T Fill in the blanks according to the maps and then check the answers together
4 (呈现3图 根图 布置教室学生分成4组 组选定名组长 组长担警察 余学生扮成夏令营成员 警察问路 警察指路表现学 教师予表扬)
Example
S 1 Excuse me which is the way to the supermarket
S2 Go along the street turn left at Zhongguancun Street Then go up that street and turn left at the second crossing You can see
(通次活动 学生掌握问路指路基句型 加强语言实践 激发学生学英语兴趣 提高英语交际力 培养帮助意识)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 培养学生实际运语言力
1 (呈现校面图 求学生利学介词短语问路句型 熟悉校园环境更加热爱校园)
Example
(1) S3 Where is …
S4 It’s …
(2) S5 Excuse me Is there a …
S6 Yes there is
S5 How can I get to …
S6 Go along …
(3) S7 Excuse me which is the way to …
S8 Sorry I don’t know
S7 Thank you all the same
2 (设计道听力题 学生根听容画图 谁短时间里画出准确路线图 予奖励)
T Listen and draw the route as quickly as you can
Example
I know you are arriving next Sunday Let me tell you the way to my house Take a taxi from the airport Pass a bank on your right and then go down Long Street Go through Six Avenue and Seven Avenue When you see a big supermarket turn left Then go down Bridge Street and turn left at New Park Go down Center Street and my house is on your right
(提高听力力动手实践力 培养竞争意识)
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生练Section A 3 根图编话)
(2)(预Section B注意搜集整理关交通设施交通标志方面信息)
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 3 课重点活动1a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1(1)Learn the words and expressions about transport facilities and the traffic signs
sidewalk public phone traffic lights crosswalk Turn left No right turn No left turn Turn right Go straight No parking No Uturn Parking Danger
(2)Learn other new words
until kilometer should change
2(1)Go on learning how to ask the way
Excuse me could you tell me the way to Dinghao Building
Excuse me where is Anli Road
(2)Go on learning how to give directions
Go along this road until you get to Beisihuan Road
Turn left and walk on
It’s about 15 kilometers away from here
First you need to take Bus No 718 then you should change to the No 108 bus at
Anzhen Bridge
3Learn to help others
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图画图
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
通复导入1a
1 (师生起唱歌谣 激发学生学兴趣 活跃课堂气氛完成4)
T Let’s chant together
Stop look and listen
Before you cross the street
Use your eyes use your ears
Before you use your feet
2 (呈现Section A 3图学生结活动复关问路句型)
T Look at the map Suppose you are standing at the train station please make a dialog with your partner about how to get to Tsinghua University Then change your roles Ready Go
(学生体验合作学乐趣)
T OK Stop Which pair wants to show us your dialog
(学生结活动进行点评总结学关问路句型完成节课布置家庭作业)
(然导出新问路句型)
(板书)
Excuse me could you tell me the way to
Excuse me where is
3 (1)(假设师生校园里遇见 S1问教师图书馆 教师予回答 导出新指路句型)
S1 I’m looking for our library Where is it
T Go along this road turn left and walk on You can’t miss it
(板书画线部分)
You can’t miss it
(2)(假设校园角 S2问教师宿舍 教师予回答 导出新指路句型)
S2 Could you tell me the way to the dormitory
T Go along this road until you get to the gym and you’ll see it on your right It’s about 500 meters away from here
(学生熟悉新句型回答形式 第二步听力操练基础)
4 (呈现方位图 教师根实际发挥)
Example
T You are at Fuzhou Train Station now If someone asks how to get to Qingkou you can say
It’s about 30 kilometers away from here You need to take Bus No 51 and then change to the No 30 bus at Taijiang It will take you there
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1a
1 (设置听力务先听第段话找出问题(1)答案听第二段话找出问题(2)答案学生带着务听录音降低难度)
T Listen to 1a and answer the following questions
(板书)
(1) How to get to Dinghao Building
(2) At which bus stop can you change to the No108 bus
2 (学生听1a录音找出关键词短语回答问题然师生起核答案)
T Listen to the tape to find out the key words and phrases and answer the questions according to the key words and phrases Then check the answers together
(板书)
go along until turn left miss
kilometers need to take should change to
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a
1 (放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调样学生集中注意力 效率更高)
T Erase your marks now First read by yourselves and then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence according to the tape Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are AB Listen to the tape and make a dialog with BA
4 (学生两组 黑板关键词短语话)
T Work in pairs Close your books look at the key words on the blackboard and act out the
dialog
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练1b 1c 2 3
1 (1)(呈现1b图 学生完成1b)
T Listen and complete 1b Next we will check the answers together And then read it by yourselves
(2)(求学生表演1b)
T Let’s act it out now Who wants to try
(3)(求学生桌合作完成1c)
T Ask the way and give directions to familiar places with your partner
2 (呈现2图片 引出交通设施名称 学生拓展设施名称 增词汇量完成
2)
T Look at the pictures What do they mean
(导出 sidewalk public phone traffic lights crosswalk)
T Anything else
Ss Bus station
3 (呈现交通标志图 学生初步认识标志 步作铺垫)
T Look at the pictures What do they mean
(导出 Turn left Go straight Turn right)
4 (学生分钟时间3中交通标志图 通讨 解含义 学生补充交通标志 老师纳总结)
T Now I’ll give you some minutes to look at the traffic signs in 3 When you see these signs
what will you do
Example
When we see Parking we can park the cars there
(板书补充容)
Keep away 请勿
Keep right 请右行
Oneway traffic 单行道
Danger ahead 前面危险
Drive slowly 车辆慢行
Slow down look around and cross 慢二三通
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通实践活动 培养学生实际操作力
1 (组活动全班分成四组组名学生张示意图教师组提供段指引路线文字组名学生读文字 学生画路线图组成员间交换路线图 推选出标准幅图交老师老师总结情况 组予表扬)
T Boys and girls here are four passages They tell us the ways to some different houses I’ll give each group one passage One of the group members reads the passage and the others try to draw the maps
(材料)
(1) Find Wang Xue’s house Go along Buxing Street and take the first turning on the right It’s on the left across from the museum
(2) Find Wei Ming’s house Go along Lanhou Street to the traffic lights and turn right Go along the road and take the second turning on the left Wei Ming’s house is on the left next to the post office
(3) Find Chen Hui’s house Go along Chang’an Street and take the first turning on the right and go a bit further Then take the first turning on the left Chen Hui’s house is next to the supermarket
(4) Find Ke Lin’s house Go down Chang’an Street to the end Turn left When you see the bank turn left again It’s the house behind the bank
A Wang Xue’s house B Wei Ming’s house
C Chen Hui’s house D Ke Lin’s house
2 (做义务指路员)
T Boys and girls look at your guide book Could you please tell your partner the way to a building
3 (家庭作业)
(学生图示 假现博物馆银行间 想剧院 该走 请编段话)
T Suppose you are standing between the museum and the bank If you want to go to the theater how can you get there Make a dialog
Section C
Section C needs 1~2 period Section C 需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a and 3 课重点活动1a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
safe hurt lose accident rule before cross third last ticket speed fast when wait for careful be late for
2 Learn the imperative sentences
Turn right
Be careful
Don’t be late for school
3 Talk about traffic rules and strengthen the consciousness of keeping safe on the roads
Before we cross the road we must stop and look both ways
Wait for your turn when the lights are red
Don’t play on the street
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机制卡片图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学法
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
通复 引入1a
(检查点评家庭作业承启学节课奠定基础)
1 (师生唱歌曲 激发学生学兴趣 活跃课堂气氛 完成5)
T Sing this song Traffic Lights together
2 (句型竞赛求全体学2分钟默写关问路句型时中挑选两名学讲台选出获胜者)
T Please write down the sentence patterns about asking the way in two minutes At the same time I’ll choose two of you to come to the front The student who writes best will be the winner Are you ready Go
Example
Excuse me is there a(an)… near here
Excuse me how can I get to
Excuse me which is the way to…
Excuse me could you tell me the way to
Excuse me where is…
…
3 (学生分成组教室图 横排Street 1 Street 2 Street 3……竖排Road 1 Road 2 Road 3……出具体路线说明 求组根指令完成务)
T Now suppose our classroom is a map Rows are streets and lines are roads Row 1 is Street 1 Line 1 is Road 1 I’ll give you some instructions You should find out who you will meet according to my instructions
Example
T Go along Road 1 until you get to Street 2 then turn left and walk on It’s on your right
S2 I meet sb
T First turn right and go to Road 3 Then walk on and turn left Go down until you come to Street 2 It’s on your left
S2 I meet sb
…
4 (呈现制卡片 复交通标志图 导出新目标语言)
Example
T What’s this
Ss It’s a traffic sign
T What does it mean
Ss It means that we can’t drive too fast
T If we do that what will we get
Ss We’ll get a ticket for speeding So we must obey the traffic rules
…
(板书画线部分)
get a ticket for speeding obey the traffic rules
(提出问题：果遵守交通规 交警会做呈现2中图片 学生解中含义)
T If we don’t obey the traffic rules what will the police do Look at the pictures and answer the question
Ss They will give us a ticket a ticket for speeding a ticket for drinkdriving a ticket for parking in the wrong place a ticket for making a wrong turn
T Well done Now please finish 2 Then check the answers
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1a
1 (呈现制七幅图片 利图片 通师生互动 导出幅图体现新目标语言 图片容展示)
(图 ) (图二 )
(图三 ) (图四 )
(图五 ) (图六 )
(着图 引导学生学新目标语言)
Example
T What’s this
Ss It’s a car
T What’s that
Ss It’s a street light
T What happens in this picture
Ss A car drives too fast and hits a street light
T We know it’s a traffic accident The man in the car gets hurt
(呈现图二 图三)
T What happens in Picture 2 and 3
Ss Traffic accidents
T Yes And the men died in the accidents So it’s good to wait for your turn when the lights are red You see every year many people get hurt or die in accidents But how can we keep safe
(板书画线部分)
fast a traffic accident got hurt wait for when
(学生发挥想象 讨 然逐呈现图四 图五 图六 图七 引出新目标语言)
(教师根学生中英文描述进行总结 板书)
T OK Look at the pictures together What should we do to make the roads safe
We must cross the street only when we see the greenwalksign
We must stop and look both ways before we cross the road
We must never play on the street
It’s good to help children and old people cross the road
We must obey the traffic rules
(通七幅图呈现讨描述 学生更直观 更形象理解情景掌握目标语言 步课文阅读作铺垫)
2 (设置阅读务 学生带着务阅读1a完成1b问题)
T Read the passage in 1a and then mark these statements True (T) or False (F) in 1b And then check the answers together
3 (答案核结束 求学生朗读1a找出段文章理解处)
T Well done Boys and girls do you have any questions about 1a If you have please tell me Let’s solve them together
4 (学生阅读找出中未解决难点 教师难点重点呈现黑板 进行环节做准备)
(板书)
lose one’s life keep safe first must obey the traffic rules green walk sign second cross both ways third never play last it’s good to do…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间8分钟)
巩固1a
1 (学生次阅读1a文章 注意黑板呈现关键词词组句型)
T Read the text again and pay attention to the key words phrases and structures
2 (放1a录音 学生读 注意语音语调)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
3 (学生根黑板图片关键词复述课文)
T Now I think you can retell the text using the pictures and key words on the blackboard OK Who can have a try
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练3完成4
1 T OK Boys and girls you did very well But please be quiet Be quiet Don’t talk Listen to me carefully
(板书呈现Be quiet Don’t talk引出祈句 鼓励引导学生说祈句)
Be quiet
Don’t talk
Example
Open the door
Be careful
Look at the blackboard please
Don’t eat in the classroom
Don’t be late for school
(板书)
Be careful
Don’t be late for school
(教师指导学生纳总结祈句表达方式 环节作铺垫)
2 (1)(呈现3图片 求学生说出该图表示交通规然选择正确选项 学说快)
T Please look at these pictures and tell us some traffic rules Then match the rules with the pictures You can do it like this
Don’t park here
Are you clear Let’s begin
(2)(求学生写出更交通规学写快)
T Would you like to write some more traffic rules Do it as quickly as you can
3 (知道？)
T What are the rules in our school Let’s make a survey today and take some notes
Name Li Ming
Activity
Can
Can’t
Listen to music in the classroom
Eat in the classroom
Wear a hat in class
4 (学生四组讨学校规章制度 完成4)
T Talk about the rules in our school and write some more school rules Then report them to the class
Example
G1 Keep quiet in class
G2 Don’t be late for school
…
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 培养学生动手力 展示学生性
1 (学生做份调查表教师全班分四组 讨该遵守交通规)
T Now please make a survey The whole class will be divided into four groups The topic is How to obey the traffic rulesThen fill in the blanks and make a report
Group 1
1
2
3
Group 2
1
2
3
Group 3
1
2
3
Group 4
1
2
3
2 (做校园文化建设通项活动激发学生动探究知识欲 培养学生动手力 展示学生性)
T There are some signs in English in our school because it’s very necessary for us to use
English in our daily life What other places do you think need English signs and rules on
campus Let’s work out together
Example
(1) Keep quiet
(2) Clean the classroom every day
(3) Wear sports shoes for gym class
(4) …
3 (家庭作业)
(学生搜集年种交通事统计数字 思考问题 什会种现象？避免？然写成短文)
T Collect the total number of the traffic accidents last year Then think about the question Why do we have this phenomenon and how to avoid it Then write a passage about it
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D 需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 5 课重点活动1 25
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 Learn the new word down
3 Review the imperative sentences
4 Review how to ask the way and give directions
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图单词卡片音标卡片北京交通图（交通图）
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间10分钟)
复话题单词句型
1 (单词竞赛话题单词功类 制成单词卡片老师出汉语 学生说出英语意思
T Now let’s have a word competition I’ll give you the Chinese meanings Please say them in English You’ll get one point for each word OK Ready Go
2 (组活动全班分成组 求组名成员黑板前 教师出1分钟 写出学介词短语介词 教师讲评 1单词加1分完成4a介词部分复巩固)
T Now Let’s go on with another competition I’ll ask one student in each group to come here and write down the prepositions or phrasal prepositions you have learnt Each of you has only one minute Are you ready Go
3 (组活动全班分四组求组名成员黑板画出学校路线 求组两位学话题学问路句型表演话)
T Great Just now you did a good job I’ll ask one student in each group to draw a route from his home to our school on the blackboard Another two in each group will act out the dialog about how they come to school according to the route
4 (练校规交通规 完成4a 4b)
(1)(方案 组活动全班分成四组求组学生两分钟说出学祈句 句2分)
T Now The class will be divided into four groups I’ll give you two minutes Please say the imperative sentences as many as you can One sentence two points
(方案二 谁优胜者学生组单位 通赛形式总结课已学关校规交通规祈句说出写出组获胜者)
T Group 1 writes school rules Group 2 writes traffic rules Let’s begin
Example
G1 Keep quiet in class
…
G2 Don’t play on the street
…
(2)(学生朗读4a4b掌握法)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1
1 (呈现单词卡片brown flower cow 求学生找出规律出相发音出示音标卡片齐读)
T Look at these words What will you find out … Right They all include the sound Let’s read it together
(板书)
brown flower cow
(样方法导出 )
2 (学生齐读黑板呈现音标单词)
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1完成2
1 (听1录音求学生试着独立写出听单词词加1分)
T Now listen to 1 Write down the words you’ve heard by yourselves One word one point
2 (求学生找出含 单词)
T Let’s sum up the words that have the pronunciations
3 (学生仔细听2录音填空教师核答案然学生进行结活动发现难点)
T Now listen to 2 carefully and fill in the blanks And then check the answers Then work in pairs to find difficulties in it
(板书难点)
Go down this road
4 (学生听遍求4名学生黑板画出正确路线图)
T Listen again I’ll ask four students to draw the correct maps on the blackboard
5 (学生针黑板正确路线图复述课文容)
T Good Next who can retell the dialog using the correct maps on the blackboard
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
组活动完成3
(学生画出家学校路线图学生分成四组组选择份优秀路线图画黑板组学描述该学路线情况组代表全班学报告)
T Now The class will be divided into four groups Please draw the route from your home to school I’ll ask one student who draws the best in each group to draw his own route on the blackboard Others in the group try to describe how the student goes to school Then report to class
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 培养学生综合运力
1 (方案组活动全班分成六组学生图 6方意放ABCDEF中 然求出走路线完成5)
T Look at the map Put the following six places on A B C D E or F as you like
post office supermarket
bookstore hospital
bank school
T Ask the following ways
(1) from A to D
(2) from B to E
(3) from C to F
(4) fromto
…
(方案二 组活动 完成5老师黑板画出面图全班学生分成4组S1 6名post office supermarket bookstore hospital bank school写ABCDEF意位置S2 S3 编段关问路指路话S4根话容彩笔画出路线活动全班学生参表现组 老师予奖励)
T Boys and girls please look at the plan on the blackboard I’ll divide the class into four groups In each group S1 puts the six places on ABCDE or F as heshe likes S2 and S3 make a dialog about asking the way and giving directions S4 draws the route according to the dialog Now let’s begin
(组务 求学生讨 写 然全班汇报 展示作品教师表现分数)
2 (弹性课堂组学生张北京交通图 假设名学生现海淀桥 达长城？学生4组讨 制订路线图 附说明 然选出代表讲台作报告)
T Suppose you are at Haidian Bridge now and you would go to the Great Wall Here’s the map of Beijing Please discuss in groups of four then write a passage and at last report to the whole class
（该活动换交通图制定某处某路线图）
3 (家庭作业)
(求学生课设计教室学校规)
T Make some more rules in your class or school using the imperative sentences
话题 单元结束教学记反思
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第8周 2013 年 4月15日 19日 周结束Unit 7
Topic 1 教学
Unit 7 The Birthday Party
Topic 1 When is your birthday？
Section A
ber October NovemberDecember)
2 (学年份表达法)
T Do you know how to say the years in English Section A needs 1 period Section A需1课时
The main activities are 1a 2 and 3a 课重点活动1a 23a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1) Learn the names of months
January February March April May June July August September October
November December
(2) Learn to read the years in English
(3) Learn some other new words and phrases
was be born were alone thousand sport
2 Learn the past simple tense with waswere
(1)When was he born do you know He was born in June 1985
(2)Where was he born In Maryland the USA
(3)When were you born I was born in January 1997
3 Talk about months and years
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
身份卡片课图片录音机日历表
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间3分钟)
解决生词birthday
1 (老师课前调查否学生生日果没Kangkang生日例师生唱Happy Birthday首歌 引出生词birthday)
T Let’s sing Happy Birthday together
(师生唱Happy Birthday)
T Do you know why we sing Happy Birthday Because next Thursday is Kangkang’s birthday
(板书)
birthday生日
T We should sayHappy birthday to you Kangkang
（引入课标题板书）
Unit 7 The Birthday Party
Topic 1 When is your birthday
Section A
2 (呈现日历引出月份表达法)
T Please look at the calendar How many days are there in a week
Ss Seven
T How many days are there in February
Ss There are 28 or 29 days
T Good How many months are there in a year
Ss Twelve
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间18分钟)
教师准备幅12月份日历呈现学生 教授月份年份呈现1b3a
T Which month is your birthday in Do you know what it is in English
1 (板书讲授月份 学生读)
January February March April
May June July August
September October November December
(教师求学生特注意易混淆JanuaryFebruary JuneJuly Septem
(老师举例说明年份表达法学生读呈现3a)
3 (讲完月份年份 教师回生日话题教师出示身份卡片 引出出生表达法be born 板书)
Example
Name Li Ming
Age 33
I was born in Fujian in August 1978
T My name is Li Ming I am thirtythree years old I was born in August 1978 I was born in Fujian ××× and we were born in different places
be born was (amis) were(are)
(教师四名学生根身份卡片做问答练)
T What’s my name
S1 Your name is Li Ming
T How old am I
S2 You are thirtythree
T When was I born
S3 You were born in August 1978
T Where was I born
S4 You were born in Fujian
4 (学生出示课前准备身份卡片 两话)
T Show the card to your partner Then practice the dialog in pairs like this
(教师名学生作示范)
T What’s your name
S My name is…
T When were you born
S I was born in…
T Where were you born
S I was born in…
T Were you born in…
S Yes I was No I wasn’t
…
5 (呈现1a 回答问题讲解含般时句子)
(1)(设置板书听力务学生带着务听1a录音)
T Have you ever heard of Phelps Yes he is a very popular sports star He got 8 gold medals in the 2008 Olympic Games and he is calledFlying Fish Do you want to know more about him Listen to 1a and then answer the questions
(1) When was Phelps born
(2) Where was he born
(2)(听完录音回答问题然师生起核答案)
(3)(板书关键词 呈现1a讲解该部分)
WhenWhere was Phelps born
…be born in…
June 1985 Maryland the USA
(4)(总结系动词be般时句型中be正确形式)
(板书)
am is→was are→were
I was born in 1985
Were you born in 1985
Yes I was No I wasn’t
When was he born
He was born in 1985
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a朗读表演1a话根身情况问答完成1c
1 (放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Listen to the tape carefully and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生齐读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Read aloud together then follow the tape and check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are Kangkang Listen to the tape again and make a dialog with Michael
4 (根第二步呈现黑板关键词 两组表演1a)
T Close your books look at the blackboard and act out the dialog in 1a
5 (完成1c)
T Now boys and girls please talk with your partner about when and where you were born
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间12分钟)
通练进步掌握含年月表达法
1 (学生听磁带1b2读注意单词重音句子重音)
T Let’s listen to 1b and 2 pay attention to the stress of words and sentences
(板书教授alone)
alone
2 (阅读3a 学生朗读然写年份英语表达方式)
T From 1b we know the twelve months and their short forms From 2 we can remember how many days there are in each month easily 3a tells us how to say years in English Let’s go to 3a read and write First let’s read these years
Ss …
T OK Now please say and write down these years in English in 2 of 3a by yourselves
(学生写完 两互答案)
3 (学生听磁带完成3b教师学生介绍图片物)
T Listen to the tape and finish 3b Then we’ll check the answers and know more about these people
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间7分钟)
练日期表达法 增强实践活动力
1 (1)(搜集家出生年月出生)
Name
Month of birth
Year of birth
Birthplace
(2)(学生写篇关家庭短文介绍年龄出生年月出生等情况)
Example
My father’s name is Wang Chunlai He is 40 years old He was born in February 1970 My mother’s name is Bao Chunhua She is 39 years old She was born in Guangxi in November 1971 I was born in May 1995 My grandparents live with us They were born in the old days Their lives were very hard in the past but they are very good now We live happily together I love my family very much
2 (家庭作业)
(1)(调查学出生年月出生汇总全班作汇报)
Survey your classmates and find out whenwhere they were born
Sum up the number of your classmates who were born in each month and report it to your class
(2)(复基数词预序数词)
Review the Cardinal Numbers and preview the Ordinal Numbers after class
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1 2a and 3 课重点活动1 2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn some ordinal numbers
fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth eleventh twelfth thirteenth twentieth
(2)Learn some other new words
birthday date plan celebrate party
2 Learn how to read and write the dates
Jan 1st (January first)
…
Dec 12th (December twelfth)
3 Talk about the dates
What’s the date today It’s May 8th
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
数字卡片黑板数词挂图幻灯片课图片录音机日历表
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
检查家庭作业复月份年份表达法1～100基数词
1 (出示日历表复月份年份表达法)
T WhenWhere were you born
Ss …
2 (学生做接龙游戏 说出1~100基数词)
T Let’s play a number game Please say the numbers from one to one hundred OK (教师指着第排第学生说) Start
(老师序指着学生说：You say one you say two you say three … Let’s count up to one hundred)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现12a学序数词
1 (1)(复数字卡片呈现基数词序数词 创设直观情景)
(先复first法)
T Today we’ll continually learn Topic 1 of Unit 7 It’s the first topic in Unit 7 Topic 2 is the second topic in Unit 7 And Topic 3 is the third topic in Unit 7
(教师说明one→first two→second three→third法板书)
one—first1st two—second2nd three—third3rd
(2)(教师出示写100基数词序数词黑板数字挂图幻灯片播放录音求学生边听边注意较基数词序数词异呈现2a)
T Now listen to 2a and compare the cardinal numbers and the ordinal numbers
(3)(找四学生黑板写特殊变化序数词)
T Please try to find out at least eight special ordinal numbers and the rules of ordinal numbers
(教师总结板书)
one→first two→second three→third 第二三单独记
eight→eighth nine→ninth 八九少t e
five→fifth twelve→twelfth 五十二变ve
twenty→twentieth thirty→thirtieth 十改yie
twentyone→twentyfirst thirtyfour→thirtyfourth 二十末位序
(老师补充条基数词变序数词记忆口诀：
基变序规律词尾加th二三特殊记结尾字母t d d八减t九减eveftyy变i记住th前e遇十变位)
(4)(学生分组进行链式操练)
T Now let’s practice the ordinal numbers in a chain
S1 First
S2 Second
S3 Third
S4 Fourth
S5 Fifth
…
(5)(数字游戏：准备基数词序数词英文单词卡片干 乱序发学生 学生快速度应序排队 快速报数)
①S6 One ②S9 First
S7 Two S10 Second
S8 Three S11 Third
2 (复生日表达法引出庆祝活动)
T Next Saturday is my birthday My friends plan to have a party to celebrate it Would you
like to come to my party
Ss Yes I’d love to
(板书画线部分)
have a party celebrate
(问学生)
T When is your birthday
S My birthday is
(学生回答时汉语：10月1日 然教师译成英语板书October first渡步)
T Just now I said Next Saturday is my birthday But Kangkang’s birthday is May thirteenth Do you want to know how Kangkang plans to celebrate his birthday
Ss Yes
T OKLet’s listen to the tape
(然渡步)
3 (呈现1 学重点新词句)
(1)(设置板书听力务学生带着务听1录音)
T Listen to the tape and answer the questions
(板书)
(1) What’s the date today
(2) How does Kangkang plan to celebrate his birthday
(3) Who wants to have a birthday party for him
(2)(听完录音回答问题然师生起核答案)
(3)(教师板书重点单词短语句型呈现1 讲解该部分)
May 13th next Thursday
plan to do
celebrate
have a birthday party
Would you like to…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1熟悉重读语调 表演话
1 (放1录音学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读1 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Erase the marks First read by yourselves and then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence according to the tape Go
3 (根第二步呈现黑板关键词短语句型学生两组表演1)
T Close your books look at the blackboard and act out 1
Group 1 …
Group 2 …
…
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练2a 2b3 掌握序数词 总结规律 掌握日期表达法
1 (放2a录音学生读体会序数词重读音节)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to the stress of the ordinal numbers
2 (呈现2b图学生英文表达搭配)
(条件展示相应视频图片 增强学生爱国义意识 提高学兴趣)
T Let’s look at the pictures Each picture tells us an event Please match the words with the pictures
3 (1)(呈现3 教师出示张日历表 引导学生写出日期)
5月8日
T Look at this we writeMay 8th But we sayMay eighth
(2)(教师写出日期黑板 学生英语读出 巩固加深学生印象)
5月4日
9月10日
T I’ll ask some students to read these dates Who wants to have a try
(3)(教师呈现张日历表 学生话)
2012年5月
4日
星期五
T Look at this calendar Answer my questions What day is it
Ss It’s Friday
T What’s the date
Ss It’s May 4th
(重复操练日期)
4 (方案 学生设计信息沟通活动 完成3)
(出示列表格 学生两组问答 填写表格学生A3中图1图2 学生B图3图4然互相询问方 解4幅图容完成表格)
T Now work in pairs student A look at Picture 1 and 2 student B look at Picture 3 and 4 Then make dialogs like this and complete the table
SA When was … born
SB HeShe was born onin …
SA Where was heshe born
SB HeShe was born in …
Name
Date of birth
Birthplace
Kangkang
Jane
Maria
Michael
(方案二 老师学生选3幅图片进行话 准说姓名学生听完 抢答说出描述幅图里)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
联系实际 学生学 提高学兴趣
1 (制作班级生日册)
(组活动学生互相询问彼生日 做记录 然汇集成班级生日册程中 练巩固询问生日句型 增进学生间感情)
Name
Date of birth
Birthplace
Year
Month
Date
T Do you have your English calendar I have got an English calendar Let me tell you when my birthday is My birthday is August 2nd I was born in Fujian Please ask others and fill out the form You may begin like this
S1 When is your birthday
S2 My birthday is…
S1 Where were you born
S2 I was born in …
2 (制作节日时间表学生分组伴调查重事件节日日期 制作张时间表)
T Please survey the dates of some important events or festivals in your group and then make a timetable
3 (家庭作业)
(搜集家庭成员出生日期(年月日)点 制作张家庭成员生日表)
Ⅳ疑点探究
关生日种表达法：
My birthday is October tenth
My birthday is on October tenth
October tenth is my birthday
注：序数词前加the(英式)
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1 2a and 3 课重点活动1 2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn some words about the shape
shape circle square triangle rectangle oval
(2)Learn some other new words and phrases
present football
2 (1)Talk about the shape
What’s the shape of your present It’s round
Was it like a flower before No it wasn’t It was like a star
What shape was it before It was a square
(2)Talk about the length and width
How long is it It is 24 centimeters long
How wide is it It’s 6 4 centimeters wide
(3) Talk about the usage of objects
What do we use it for We use it to keep pencils rulers erasers and so on
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
实物课图片录音机
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复序数词 引入新课
(做游戏)
(复序数词全班分成两组Group AGroup B Group A名学生先说三基数词 Group B名学生迅速说出相应序数词注意逢带3691316……序数词跳)
T Now we divide the class into two groups—Group A and Group B The first player from Group A says three cardinal numbers quickly The first player from Group B must say the correct ordinal numbers as quickly as possible accordingly You mustn’t say3rd 6th 9th 13th 16th…
Example
SA One two four
SB First second fourth
…
T If the player in Group B is successful Group B gets a point If the player in Group B is not successful Group A gets a point Let’s find which group will be the winner
Group
Point
Group A
Group B
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间15分钟)
呈现练表达形状句型呈现1
1 (教师出示球 引出表示形状句型生词circle)
T I have a lot of objects Do you want to have a look at them OK I’ll show them to you
T What’s this in English
S1 It’s a basketball
T What color is it
S1 It’s red
T What shape is it(教师汉语提示)
S1 圆
T Yes It’s round It’s a circle
2 (教师出示块三角形蛋糕鸡蛋张长方形硬纸 引出生词triangle oval
rectangle square)
(1)(话)
T What’s this in English
Ss It’s a cake
T What shape is it
Ss 三角形
T Yeah you are right It’s a triangle
(2)(话二)
T What’s this
Ss It’s an egg
T What shape is it
Ss 椭圆形
T Very good It’s an oval
(3)(话三)
(教师出示张长方形硬纸 然剪成正方形)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a piece of paper
T What shape is it
Ss 正方形
T Yes it’s a square What shape was it before
Ss 长方形
T Well done It was a rectangle
(板书画线部分)
What shape is it It’s round
It’s aan circle triangle oval square
What shape was it before
It was a rectangle
3 (教师出示球仪 引出词组be like)
T What is it like (教师汉语提示)
Ss 球
T Yes It is like a ball
4 (教师出示颗五角星形状纸 然折成朵花形状)
T What is it like
Ss It is like a flower
T Was it like a flower before
Ss No it wasn’t It was like a star
(板书画线部分)
What is it like
It is like a ballflower
Was it like a flower before
No it wasn’t It was like a star
(学生学品图画桌话 互相提问物体形状)
Example
S1 What shape is it
S2 It’s round
S1 What is it like
S2 It is like a ball
5 (教师出示2a 图片 练be like般现时般时法)
T Now look at the pictures in 2a Let’s talk about it like this
T What is it like
S1 It is like a dog
T Was it like a dog before
S1 No it wasn’t It was like a hill
…
6 (呈现2b学生两组范例操练完成2b)
T Well done Now look at the example in 2b and work in pairs
Example
S2 What shape is it now
S3 It’s a circle
S2 What shape was it before
S3 It was a square
…
T Good job Let’s stop Do you want to know about the present for Kangkang’s birthday Let’s listen to 1a and answer the questions
(渡步)
7 (呈现1 听录音回答关问题 掌握话容)
(1)(设置板书听力务学生听1录音 回答问题)
T Now listen to the tape and answer the questions on the blackboard
(1) What’s Maria’s present for Kangkang’s birthday
(2) What’s the shape of her present
(3) What color is it
(4) Can Michael have a look
(2)(教师核答案板书关键词词组)
present shape color soccer ball have a look
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1表演话
1 (放1录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Rub them out and read by yourselves Then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence according to the tape Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are Maria listen to Michael and make a dialog with him
(T Now you are Michael listen to Maria and make a dialog with her )
4 (根第二步呈现黑板关键词词组 学生两组表演1强化学生关物体形状句型记忆)
T Work in pairs Close your books look at the blackboard and act out the dialog
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练3 掌握关形状长度宽度等关句型
1 T Stop here Now look at me
(做测量黑板动作测定转身)
Our blackboard is 3 meters long
It is 15 meters wide
(板书画线部分简略形式)
It is 3 meters long
It is 15 meters wide
(指着黑板问学生)
T How long is it
Ss It is 3 meters long
T How wide is it
Ss It is 15 meters wide
(板书画线部分)
How long is it
How wide is it
2 (教师手里着铅笔盒手放背学生猜引出3)
T Now please look at me There is a present for you in my hand Can you guess what it is What shape is it
Ss Is it a circle
T No
S5 Is it a rectangle
T Yes
S5 How long is it
T It is 24 centimeters long
S5 How wide is it
T It is 64 centimeters wide
S5 What do we use it for
T We use it to keep pencils rulers erasers and so on
S5 Oh it must be a pencilbox
(引出3中重点句型板书核心结构)
What do we use it for
We use it to …
3 (学生两组3中图片 进行话操练)
T Now please work in pairs and act out the dialog
4 (组活动：学生4组针周围实物学具进行话 练关形状句型)
T Good stop here Let’s work in groups of four and talk about the shapes of the things around you Remember to use What shape … How long … How wide …and so on
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 进步巩固关询问形状句型
1 (猜谜游戏)
(完成4做面游戏 名学生物品放背 伴猜)
T Let’s play a game One student holds an object behind hisher back and another student guesses what it is Practice like this
S1 What shape is it What is it like
S2 It’s aan…
S1 What color is it
S2 It’s…
S1 How long is it
S2 It is…centimeters long
S1 How wide is it
S2 It’s…centimeters wide
S1 Is it aan…
S2 Yes it is No it isn’t
2 (猜词赛)
(学生两组 面黑板 背黑板教师黑板写物品名称 面黑板学生描述物品 背黑板学生猜词 规定时间猜中者胜)
T Work in pairs I’ll write the names of some objects on the blackboard S1 stands with hisher back to the blackboard S2 stands with hisher face to the blackboard and describes the objects until S1 guesses what it is The pair who have the most right guesses in the limited time are the winners
3 (家庭作业)
(选择件熟悉物品进行描述少5句子)
T Describe one of your familiar things with at least 5 sentences
Example
I have a desk in my study I want to tell you its shape It is a rectangle It is 100 centimeters long It is 60 centimeters wide I do my homework on the desk every day
Ⅳ疑点探究
look likebe like区：
look like询问事物外貌特征 be like询问性格事物特征 询问外貌特征
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D 需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 6 课重点活动1 26
ⅠAims and demands目标求
1Learn the consonants
2 Learn some new words and phrases
special candle surprise do some cleaning
3 Review the past simple tense with waswere
4 Review how to talk about dates
5 Review describing objects and features(shapes)
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
单词卡片录音机日历表MP3
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
检查家庭作业复描述熟悉物品复5b中描述形状相关句型完成3
1 (检查家庭作业学生口头汇报描述熟悉物品)
T We’ve known how to describe objects and shapes Please show me your homework Who wants to report it to us
(检查时纠正学生足)
2 (复5b中表达形状句子)
(教师出示部MP3复询问形状表达法然学生身边物品进行关物体形状练活动运列句子)
What’s the shape of…
What shape is it
How long…
How wide…
What do we use it for
Example
T What’s this
Ss It’s an MP3 player
T What shape is it
Ss It’s a rectangle
T How long is it
Ss It’s … centimeters long
T How wide is it
Ss It’s … centimeters wide
T What do we use it for
Ss We use it to listen to music
3 (学生听3录音完成3)
T Now let’s listen to 3 and fill out the form Then check the answers
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1引出呈现2
1 (单词卡片简笔画呈现1语音部分)
(1)(教师指着黑板问)
T What color is it
Ss It’s black
(教师出示张夹克图片黑板画简笔画)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a jacket
(教师样方法呈现出单词 chicken phone photo physics quarter square quiet twelve between twins 板书)
black jacket chicken
phone photo physics
quarter square quiet
twelve between twins
(2)(学生找出单词发音规律)
T Now let’s look at these words on the blackboard Can you find some rules amongblack jacket and chicken
S1 Yes they all have the same sound
T Rightckis usually pronounced
(样方法学生找出三组单词发音规律)
T Find the rules amongphone photo and physicsquarter square and quiet and twelve between and twins
(教师总结板书)
black jacket chicken
phone photo physics
quarter square quiet
twelve between twins
(3)(学生听1录音读)
T Listen to the tape and follow it
(4)(教师意抽取张单词卡片学生迅速读出)
T I’ll show you some word cards You must read them out as quickly as possible
(5)(学生四组找出含k f kw tw单词然全班汇报组找单词)
T Work in groups of four Find out other words with ck which pronounces the sound k Let’s see which group can find out the most words
(组找单词板书黑板老师适补充学生掌握巩固k f kw tw发音解单词)
Example k quick clock back
f elephant laugh
kw quick quite
tw twenty two twentyone
2 (引出生日礼物)
(1)T We know the numbers and the expressions of the date Oh I remember today is May 21st Tomorrow is my mother’s birthday My family plan to celebrate it I want to buy a beautiful light blue dress for my mother My father would like to buy a birthday cake and some candles That would be a surprise for my mother
(板书画线部分英汉)
light blue浅蓝色 candle蜡烛 be a surprise for sb……惊喜
(2)(请学生帮忙提建议引出动词短语)
T Can you give me some more advice on how to celebrate my mother’s birthday
(板书动词短语)
cook food make a cake
buy some flowers wash clothes
make a birthday card sing a song
…
(学生外动词词组板书黑板)
(渡步)
3 (呈现2理解短文容)
(1)(设置板书限时快速阅读务)
T Tomorrow is Mrs Brown’s birthday Mr Brown and Mary are planning to celebrate it Now read the passage quickly and answer the questions
(1) What’s the date of Mary’s mother’s birthday
(2) What would Mary like to do for her mother
(3) What does Mary’s father want to do
(读完 回答问题然核答案)
(2)(次阅读短文完成短文面判断题然学生找出短文中关键词短语教师总结板书步做准备)
T Read 2 again do the exercise about the passage and then underline the key words
May 22nd 1967—plan to celebrate—cook a special dinner—buy a dress—buy a birthday cake and some candles—a surprise
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固2 进步理解课文 复述课文
1 (教师放2录音 学生读)
T Listen to the tape and follow it
2 (学生读 然请名学生班读)
T Read the text by yourselves Then I’ll ask some students to read it for us
3 (根第二步呈现黑板关键词 复述课文)
T Now please close your books look at the key words and phrases on the blackboard and try to retell the text by yourselves
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
通练复5a 5b
1 (复日期表达法复5b中列出日期表达法)
(教师出示张日历表引导学生复日期表达法)
2010年5月12日
星期三
T What day is it
Ss It’s Wednesday
T What’s the date today
Ss It’s May 12th 2010
(教师张日历分组练日期表达法)
2 (复5a重点语法中般时教师首先名学生话作示范然桌互相问答)
T When were you born
S1 I was born onin…
T Where were you born
S1 I was born in…
3 (操练be born相关句型日期表达法)
(链式游戏第排学生转第二排学生问：When and where were you born第二排学生回答转第三排学生问 操练直排)
T Let’s play a game The students in Row 1 turn back to ask the students in Row 2 When and where were you born The students in Row 2 answer and turn back to ask the ones in Row 3 the same question Do it like this one by one until the last row understand
(学生开始做游戏)
T Good job
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
利学容进行实践活动
1 (学生四组做调查报告全班汇报 When were you born Where were you born What’s your favorite present 完成6)
T Now boys and girls work in groups of four make a survey using the questions in 6 fill out the form and then practice the conversation according to the information in the form
2 (呈现4 根4提供短语 结合实际情况 写篇短文选名学生全班汇报)
cook a big dinner make a cake buy some flowers
make a birthday card do some cleaning sing a song
T You did a good job Now please write a passage about how to celebrate your father’s mother’s birthday according to the phrases above then I’ll ask some students to report them to us
Example
My mother was born on May 12th 1969 Next Tuesday is her fortieth birthday I would like to do some cleaning I also want to sing a song and buy some flowers for her My father wants to cook a big dinner to celebrate it That would be a surprise for her
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(果生日 想度？写篇短文)
T If your birthday is coming How do you plan to celebrate it Write a passage about that You may write like this
Example
I was born on May 24th 1996 My birthday is coming I want to ask my friends to come to my party I would like to say Thank you to my parents because they love me so much I want to give them some special presents That would be a surprise for them
(2)(课外搜集关年月日英文歌谣全班学欣赏)
T Collect some songs about date and then share with your classmates
Ⅳ疑点探究
That would be a surprise for Mrs Brown
处would表示文想象带出结果
Example
She would look better with short hair 留短发会显
话题结束记反思：
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第 9周 2013年 4月22日 26日完成Topic 2学
Topic 2 Can you Sing an English song
Section A
Section A needs 1 period Section A 需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 3 课重点活动1a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the new phrases
have a good time dance to disco perform ballet no way
2 Learn the usage of can andcan’tfor ability and inability
(1)I can only sing English songs
(2)What else can you do
(3)Can you see the bread No I can’t
3 Learn the alternative questions
Can you dance or draw I can dance I can do it a littlevery well
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
篮球吉吉简笔画录音机
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复动词短语
(复前学含play动词短语学生四组 列出已学动词短语 组写)
T Work in groups of four Write as many verbal phrases with play as you can Let’s see which group can write out the most phrases One phrase one point Now let’s start
Group
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Point
(组写完 派代表全班学生汇报 然教师动词短语板书黑板)
Example
play basketball play football
play the guitar play the piano
…
T Look at the first phrase Let’s talk about it
(渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1a2引出cancan’t法
1 (教师出示篮球 引出情态动词can)
T What’s this in English
SsIt’s a basketball
T Right I like basketball very much I often play it on the playground after school I can play it very well
(教师做篮球动作)
2 (询问学生喜欢体育活动 引出can’t)
T Which sport do you like best
S1 I like football best
T Great I like football too But I can’t play it (时教师做摇头动作)
Can you play football
S1 Yes I can I can play it well (教师帮助学生回答)
(板书)
can can’tcan not
3 (教师出吉画幅吉简笔画)
T What’s this
S2 It’s a guitar
T I can’t play the guitar Who can play it
S3 I can
4 (教师学生台表演 活跃课堂气氛请学生表演跳芭蕾舞迪斯科动作黑板出示相应简笔画)
T What’s heshe doing
Ss HeShe is dancing
T Aha HeShe can perform balletdance to disco
(板书画线部分)
perform ballet
dance to disco
5 (学生做2然核答案表演话)
T Look at the picture in 2 Fill in the blanks check the answers and act it out
6 (周三康康生日 学生讨表演节目练cancan’t法)
T Next Wednesday is Kangkang’s birthday We plan to have a birthday party for him I think I can sing an English song at Kangkang’s birthday party Talk about what you can do at the party Work in pairs like this (教师示意名学生配合作示范练)
T Can you sing Chinese songs at Kangkang’s birthday party
S1 Yes I can What about you
T I can’t sing Chinese songs But I can sing English songs
S1 …
(学生助黑板短语桌话)
T Well done What can Jane and Maria do at Kangkang’s birthday party Let’s listen to 1a carefully and answer the questions
(渡步)
7 (呈现1a 回答关问题 解课文容)
(1)(设置板书听力务)
T Now listen to the tape and answer the following questions
(1) Can Jane sing Chinese songs
(2) Can Maria dance to disco
(3) Can Maria perform ballet
(2)(听录音 回答问题然核答案)
(3)(学生朗读1a话找出关键词词组句型)
(板书)
birthday party—play the piano—sing some songs—Chinese songs—English songs—
what else—play the guitar—dance to disco—perform ballet—have a good time
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a掌握语音语调 表演话
1 (教师放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (教师学生擦标重读语调 先读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Rub them out read by yourselves and then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by 图2正面
图2反面
sentence according to the tape Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are Maria listen to Jane and make a dialog with her
4 (利黑板关键词词组句型两组表演1a开展组竞赛鼓励学生创新必课序)
T Work in pairs close your books look at the blackboard and act out the dialog with your partner You’d better use your own words
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练1b1c呈现3练选择疑问句
1 (师生起口头完成1b然学生完成1c)
(1)(求学会cancan’t法完成1b)
T Now boys and girls Let’s talk about what Jane and Maria can do at Kangkang’s birthday party What can Jane do at the party
Ss She can sing English songs dance to disco and play the guitar
T What about Maria
Ss She can play the piano sing Chinese songs and perform ballet
T What can’t Jane do at the party
Ss She can’t sing Chinese songs
…
(2)(学生完成1c进步掌握运cancan’t语言学运现实生活中)
T If you are at a party what can you do Work in pairs Compare your answer with your partner’s
2 (练选择疑问句完成3)
(1)(呈现练选择疑问句)
T Well done According to 1a please answer the question
Can Jane dance to disco or perform ballet
Ss She can dance to disco
T Yes you are right
(板书)
Can Jane dance to disco or perform ballet
She can dance to disco
(学生利3中图片图片面词短语两组练选择疑问句)
(2)(完成3学生掌握选择疑问句答语会运a little very well)
(方案：教师黑板画幅画)
T Look I can draw a picture but not very well Can you draw
(名学生黑板画画引导回答)
S1 Yes a little
very well
图1反面
图1正面
(方案二：教师出幅体现名男生篮球非常图片图图1正面画面图1背面写very well)
T Can he play basketball
Ss Yes he can
T Yes He can play it very well
(教师出示幅弹吉图片右图)
a little
T Can he play the guitar
Ss Yes he can
T Yes He can play it a little
(板书画线部分短语)
图2正面
图2反面
a little very well
(学生两组练表演3)
T Practice 3 in pairs and act it out
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
组活动 巩固情态动词can can’t法
1 (做调查 班汇报完成4巩固cancan’t法)
T Survey what your classmates in your group can or can’t do and complete the table Then report it to the class Put a√forcanand a×forcan’t
Name
Swim
Draw
Sing
Dance
Drive
…
Li Ling
√
×
…
2 (学生成立俱乐部)
(活动组活动 目培养学生合作意识团队精神动手力全班学生分成六组 中三组应聘员 三组招聘员 招聘三组组负责俱乐部 公布招聘结果)
Example
(Group A音乐俱乐部 Group B运动俱乐部 Group C乐器俱乐部)
Group A What can you do Michael
Michael I can play the piano
…
Music Club Sport Club Instrument Club
Name
Ability
Name
Ability
Name
Ability
Michael
play the piano
3 (家庭作业)
(解邻居者亲戚家里宠物做做事情cancan’t全班学汇报)
Example
Aunt Lee has a pet dog It can carry a basket with its mouth but it can’t sing a song…
Ⅳ疑点探究
soccer美式英语指足球运动：play soccer踢足球美式英语中soccer ball指足球：There’s a soccer ball under the bed
football英式英语指足球运动：play football指足球：There’s a football under the bed
rugby意橄榄球美国称football
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words
smart count climb pig
2 Go on learning the usage ofcanfor ability and can’t for inability
(1) Can you sing an English song Of course I can
(2)What can a monkey do It can climb trees but it can’t swim at all
(3)He can speak English very well but he can’t sing English songs
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
图片面具录音机实物
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
复情态动词can法引入1a
1 (学生听学唱I can sing it well首歌完成5求学生边唱边做动作复情态动词can法)
T Let’s listen to the song I can sing it well together We must sing and act at the same time
Example
Can you swim Yes I can (边唱边做游泳动作)
Can you fly No I can’t (边唱边双臂做飞翔动作)
Can you sing Yes I can(边唱边手做话筒唱歌动作)
2 (学生分组演唱首歌进行赛)
3 (检查作业)
(教师部分学汇报昨天解关宠物会做会做事情目学生感受动物爱友激发热爱动物热情汇报教师适评说)
T We know animals are useful and lovely I love them very much What about you boys and girls
4 (教师讲台堆放书 引出单词count)
T Look There are many books on the teacher’s desk I don’t know how many books there are S1 can you count them for me
(教学单词count)
S1 Yes I can One two three four… There are fifteen books on the teacher’s desk
T Very good You are smart
(板书)
count smart
(教师呈现物品图片 学生练count法)
T How many pens are there in the bag Please count them
Ss There are twelve
T Good job Let’s stop Do you know what Polly can do Can it count Let’s listen to 1a and answer the questions
(渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1a理解1a容回答关问题
1 (设置板书听力务)
T Listen to 1a and answer the following questions
(1) Can Polly speak English
(2) Can Polly sing an English song
(3) Can Polly count
(4) Can Polly count the flowers
2 (听1a录音回答问题教师核答案讲解该部分)
3 (学生朗读1a中话找出关键词短语)
T Please read 1a and find out the key words and phrases
(板书)
speak English—sing an English song—what else—count
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间8分钟)
巩固1a完成1b
1 (教师放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Rub them out Read by yourselves and then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence according to the tape Ready Go
3 (学生运黑板关键词短语三组表演1a 完成1b)
T Now work in groups of three Look at the key words and phrases on the blackboard and act out the dialog Then read 1a again and make a similar dialog with your partners Finish 1b
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练2完成3
1 (练2)
(1)(教师先出示张猴子图片引出climb呈现句型)
T OK Let’s look at the pictures about animals What’s this in English
Ss It’s a monkey
T What can a monkey do
Ss It can 爬树
T Yes it can climb trees very well but it can’t swim at all
(2)(教师样方法教学单词pig板书)
climb pig very well not…at all
It can climb trees but it can’t swim at all
(3)(学生两组利课图片互相问答完成2)
T Now please work in pairs Ask and answer like this
(示意两学生做示范)
S1 What can…do
S2 It can… but it can’t…
2 (1)(呈现3听录音完成3)
T You are smart Now boys and girls look at the pictures and the table in 3 listen to the tape and finish 3
(播放录音学生完成A)
(学生听录音完成B)
(2)(学生根图片听力材料 编话 注意操练very well a little not … at all法)
T OK Next let’s make a dialog according to the recording Pay attention to very well a little not… at all please
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通讨游戏 进步巩固情态动词can can’t法
1 (呈现4分组谈朋友 4中短语完成4)
T Talk about one of your friends using the expressions in the box that may help you You may use your own words and begin like this
Jack is my friend He can speak English very well but he can’t sing English songs…
2 (游戏课前准备张写老虎狮子猴子等单词纸片面具 纸片反扣桌面具放起两组 翻桌纸片然说 I can… but I can’t…根解说 判断出种动物 然寻找相应面具 戴面具说 I’m a… I can… but I can’t… 限定时间 面具纸片写动物应组获胜)
3 (唱I can sing it well首歌)
T Let’s sing I can sing it well together again This time you may change the verbs in the song and do the actions at the same time
(学生动词换唱出 边唱边做相应动作 便熟练掌握cancan’t法)
4 (家庭作业)
(学生回家调查家庭成员会做会做事 写成短文)
T Interview your family members about what they can do and what they can’t do and write a passage about it You can make a form according to your passage I am sure you can do it very well
Example
My name is Wang Haozan There are four people in my family They are my father my mother my sister and I My father can sing a little but he can’t dance at all My mother can speak English but she can’t speak Japanese My sister Wang Jing can draw very well but she can’t swim at all I can dance to disco but I can’t perform ballet We are learning from each other now
Member
Can
Can’t
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
ago pingpong be good at
2 Talk about the past form could of the modal verb can and its negative form couldn’t
(1)She can fly kites very well now But one year ago she couldn’t do it at all
(2)She can perform ballet very well now But when she was five she could dance just a little
(3)They can sing English songs now but they couldn’t sing any English songs two years ago
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
简笔画录音机
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复情态动词can can’t
1 (师生唱I can sing it well首歌)
T Let’s sing I can sing it well together
Can you swim Yes I can Go
Ss Can you swim Yes I can…
2 (猜谜活动学生表演动作游泳骑行车等学猜运cancan’t表述)
Example
(学生表演游泳时做求救状)
T Can he swim
Ss No he can’t
(然学生三组表演两问答)
T Now work in groups of three One acts while the other two ask and answer
S1 (做骑行车状)
S2 Can heshe ride a bike
S3 Yes heshe can HeShe can ride very well
…
T Good job Look at the blackboard I want to draw some pictures for you Pay attention to the words under the pictures
(渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间15分钟)
呈现1a理解1a容回答关问题
1 (利简笔画cancouldn’t谈某做某事引出生词短语)
(Michael 5 years old) (now)
(Kangkang one year ago) (now)
T Michael can play basketball now But when he was five he couldn’t play basketball Kangkang could play pingpong one year ago but not very well Now he is good at playing it
(板书)
could couldn’t pingpong be good at
2 (呈现1a 理解课文容)
(1)(教师设计时间状语板书 引导学生造句子 学couldcouldn’t)
could swim one year ago
could not ride a bike two years ago
couldn’t fly a kite when I was five
could play table tennis last year
(学生黑板列出短语造句子)
T Suppose I could do something one year agowhen I was five how to express it Look at the blackboard and make a sentence according to these phrases
(2)(1a图画快速阅读短文回答问题)
T It’s time for outdoor activities What are Jane Maria Michael and Kangkang doing Do you want to know Look at the pictures We can know
(设置板书阅读务)
(1) When couldn’t Jane fly a kite
(2) How old was Maria when she could dance
(3) What is Kangkang good at
(4) What is Michael good at
(学生阅读短文回答问题)
T Read the passage and answer the questions on the blackboard
(3)(次阅读短文 圈出短文中动词短语 找出重点活动)
T Read 1a and circle the activities
(板书动词短语)
fly a kite—perform ballet—play pingpong—play soccer—do well in basketball
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a完成1b
1 (学生独立完成1b)
T Fill out the form in 1b by yourselves
2 (检查学生做答案)
T Let’s check the answers Who would like to share your answers Volunteers
S1 …
S2 …
…
T Well done
3 (学生读1a录音注意语音语调)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
4 (根实际情况 说出根做者做点 现做事)
T Please make sentences like this
(1) I couldn’t speak Japanese at all one year ago but now I can speak it very well
(2) I could dance a little when I was five but now I can dance very well
(3) I couldn’t perform ballet at all when I was seven but now I can perform ballet very well
…
5 (结活动找组学生讲台 名学生说You can play basketball now名学生说But I couldn’t play basketball three years ago)
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练完成2 3
1 (1)(2图片 猜做动作)
T Now let’s look at the pictures in 2 Can you guess what they are doing Now look at the picture in my hand
Ss The are singing
T You are right They can sing English songs now but they couldn’t sing any English songs two years ago
(逐展示2中图片学生回答)
(2)(学生3幅图示范独完成句子完成2)
T Look at the other pictures and complete the sentences after the example
(3) (检查答案出评价)
T Let’s check the answers
…
2 (学生听录音完成3)
(1)(学生听两遍录音完成3)
(2)(检查核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
联系实际结合示例运could couldn’t加深理解
1 (根实际情况 填充列表格)
T Please complete the table Write down your own ability and inability
(1)I could write
(2)I could count
(3)I could sing
when I was four
(1)I couldn’t ride a bike
(2)I couldn’t swim
(3)I couldn’t play table tennis
when I was four but now I can
(1)I couldn’t speak Japanese
(2)I couldn’t drive a car
(3)I couldn’t play the piano
when I was four and I still can’t now
2 (家庭作业)
(学生回家调查爷爷奶奶爸爸妈妈样年纪时做活动 做活动写篇短文)
T Make a survey about what your grandparents andor parents could or couldn’t do at your age Write a passage
Example
My parents
I’m Wang Jing I’m thirteen years old My father is a teacher He could do a lot of housework when he was thirteen years old but he couldn’t play any computer game My mother is a worker When she was thirteen she could help work on the farm but she couldn’t swim at all She still can’t do it now My parents teach me a lot and I love them
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 5 课重点活动1 25
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some consonants
(b n t等字母发音情况)
2 Learn some new words and phrases
at the age of anything word mean
3Ability and inability
When she was three she could play the piano
She could draw very well at the age of five but she couldn’t write at all
She couldn’t see anything any more
Jenny can write many words now
4Review the alternative questions
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
卡片简笔画录音机
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复单词 呈现音标
(呈现含n r 发音含发音字母单词学生读出组单词试着找出中含相音素发音字母)
Example
G1 know knee knock knife nine nice not (字母k词首kn中发音)
G2 morning sing song strong thing think thank (字母nk前g前均发)
G3 where when white which want was window (字母w wh发w)
G4 write wrong writer red rice right run (字母wr前发音)
G5 age orange message vegetable just jacket Japan (字母ge j发)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间15分钟)
呈现12理解练1
1 (教师总结讲解发音字母)
(板书)
n
n(k)
wh
r
ge
kn
ng
w
wr
j
2 (学生听1录音读)
T Please listen to 1 and read after the tape
3 (教师动词短语相关动作制成卡片 单元相关动词短语进行复教师快速呈现卡片 学生抢答 激发学热情)
T Look at my pictures and let’s see who can speak most quickly
Ss Play football fly a kite play basketball perform ballet
4 (做接龙游戏 复can肯定否定问答形式)
T OK Good Let’s play a game Begin like this
I can play soccer What can you do
S1 I can fly a kite What can you do
S2 I can play basketball What can you do
S3 I can perform ballet What can you do
…
(三组成组否定句进行操练)
Example
S4 I can’t play soccer but I can play basketball
S5 I can’t play basketball but I can sing a song
S6 I can’t sing a song but I can dance ballet
…
(教师评价表现学予表扬)
T Well done Congratulations
5 (1)(教师出示幅简笔画)
(板书例句)
I couldn’t swim when I was ten years old but I could play basketball
(教师引导学生根简笔画结合实际运could couldn’t造句教师边巡视 边予必指导)
(2)(抛开简笔画 学生发挥想象力 回忆 could couldn’t造句)
T Let’s go back to the past time through the time channel and tell us what you could do
S7 I could play the piano when I was 7
S8 I could draw pictures when I was 4
S9 I could play the piano when I was 8
S10I couldn’t play the piano but I could write when I was five
…
T You are the best
(渡步)
6 (听录音完成2)
(1)(播放2录音解意)
T Now I’ll introduce a new friend Jenny What could she do Do you want to know
Ss Yes
T Let’s listen to the tape
(2)(设置板书听力务 听遍2录音 回答问题)
(1) Where does she live
(2) What could Jenny do at her different ages
T Let’s listen to 2 again and answer the questions on the blackboard
S11 London She lives in London
S12 She could play the piano when she was three…
(3)(板书教学单词anything word短语at the age of)
(板书)
anything word at the age of
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
通练进步掌握2容
1 (学生3分钟时间2 做2练然核答案解释mean)
T Read the passage in 2 and finish the exercises in 2
T Are you ready Time is up Let’s check the answers together The first one S1 please
S1 Jenny may be 15 years old now
S2 When Jenny was five she could draw and play the piano
S3 In the texthardmeansdifficult
S4 She is great and smart
2 (读2 学生起找出2关键词 教师板书)
T Now let’s read the passage again and find out the key words I will write them down on the blackboard
S5 Jenny
S6 London
S7 …
Jenny—London—three—five—six—ago—wrong—eyes—hard—help—write—A Smart Girl—great
3 (学生利关键词复述课文)
T Now please retell the passage with the key words on the blackboard
S8Jenny lives in London with her parents When she was three she could play the piano…
(学生复述完 教师进行评价)
4 (学生介绍崇拜)
T Please introduce the people you admire
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练3 完成4a 4b
1 (学生根表格中信息can can’t couldcouldn’t造句)
Ability or inability
Time
now
play volleyball
play basketball
two years ago
take photos
play the guitar
five years old
draw pictures
write
at the age of nine
ride a bike
fly a kite
T Look at the table Write sentences with can can’t could or couldn’t
Example
I can play volleyball now but I can’t play basketball
Could you take photos two years ago
Yes I could But I couldn’t play the guitar
When I was five years old I could draw pictures but I couldn’t write
I could ride a bike at the age of nine but I couldn’t fly a kite
…
2 (通练纳总结选择疑问句法)
T In this topic we must master the usages of alternative questions Let’s do some exercises and then sum up its usage
(1)(问答练)
T Please listen to me carefully and answer my questions together Can you play volleyball or basketball
Ss I can play basketball
T Do you want to play volleyball or basketball
Ss I want to play basketball
(2)(学生独立思考根实际情况回答列问题求学生努力发现选择问句回答规律)
T Look and answer the following questions alone
Questions
①Can you take photos or play the guitar
②Could you draw pictures or write when you were five years old
③Do you want to ride a bike or fly a kite
④Does Jenny live in London or New York with her parents
⑤Was the life hard or easy for Jenny
⑥Are Michael and Kangkang good at playing pingpong or flying kites
(教师点拨指导学生总结选择问句表述方式回答)
3 (学生进步熟悉单元重点容4a4b)
T Now stop to read 4a and 4b by yourselves paying attention to the usage of can and could
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间5分钟)
利活动写作加深can can’t could couldn’t理解掌握
1 (完成5)
T Now let’s work in groups One student performs while the other students guess and make sentences like this
(板书例句)
HeShe can ride a bike but heshe can’t play basketball
T Understand Go
2 (家庭作业)
(写篇关成长历文章 cancould否定形式 60单词左右完成3)
话题结束教学记反思：
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第10周 周五 假日周没计划新课进行第二单元复听力训练练册评讲作文训练等准备半期考试
听力训练1课时
作文评讲1课时
练册评讲2课时
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
20XX20XX学年度 第二学期
教学备课
学科 ______________
年级_______________
校名________________
教师________________
第1周 2013 年 2月 263月1日
完成 unit 5Topic1教学务
1课时评讲学期期末试卷强调学期学务注意事项作业求等激励学生养成良学课 作业惯相信
Unit 5 Our School Life
Topic 1 How do you usually come to school
Section A
Section A needs 1 period
The main activities are 1a and 2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1(1) Learn some means of transportationby bike by subway by bus on foot by plane by car by train by ship by boat
(2) Learn other new words and phrasesgate the same to come on go to school Ms grandmother group
2 Learn adverbs of frequencyoften usually always
3 Review the present simple tense—Do you often come to school by bike—Yes I doNo I don’t
4 Talk about how to go to school
—How do you usually come to school
—I usually come to school by subwayI always come to school by bus
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机交通工具模型图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复日常语呈现1a容
1 (师生互相问 复学问候语)
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning madamsir
T Welcome back to school boys and girls Happy New Year
教师帮助学生回答)
Ss Happy New Year
T We can also say The same to you
(然引入The same to you练强化)
(板书)
Happy New Year 新年
The same to you 样(新年)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
学1a完成1b
1 (事先准备模型教学图片简笔画学生展示bike导入课重点：交通方式图)
2 (样方式教学交通工具板书相关词组)
bike car foot subway
bus ship boat plane train
by bike by car on foot by subway by bus by ship by boat by plane by train
(1)(熟读板书词组)
(2)(面简笔画词组学生1b图片模仿例句造句：)
Example：
T I come to school by bus
S1 I come to school by bike
S2 I go to school on foot
(完成1b板书go to school)
go to school
(3)(询问两名学生学交通方式 usually alwaysoften作换练 示范汇报结果)
T I often come to school by bike Do you often come to school by bike
S3 Yes I do
T S4 do you usually come to school by bus
S4 No I don’t I usually come to school on foot
T …
T Good S3 often comes to school by bike S4 usually comes to school on foot S5 always comes to school by bus … OK Work in groups of three to practice like that
(板书画线部分)
Do you often come to school by bike
Yes I do No I don’t
usually often always
2 (呈现1a学交通方式提问)
(1)(学生听1a录音 回答列问题)
(板书)
(1)Where do Kangkang Jane and Helen meet
(2)How does Helen usually come to school
(3)How does Jane always come to school
T Now let’s listen to the tape and find out the answers to these questions Are you ready
Ss Yes
T OK let’s begin
(播放录音)
(2)(核答案 提取重点句型)
T Who can answer the first question
S1 I can They meet at the school gate
T Well done What about the answer to Question 2
S2 Helen usually comes to school by subway
T Good Next question
S3 Jane always comes to school by bus
T Good job
(问题2板书画线部分做相应讲解操练)
(板书)
Helen usually comes to school by subway
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a完成1c
1 (播放1a录音读模仿语音语调)
T Listen to the tape and follow it Pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation
2 (机话学生录音机话提高学生兴趣)
T Now suppose you are Helen and Jane Listen to the tape and make a dialog with Kangkang Are you clear
3 (完成1c 学生三组 练1a话求仿1a伴编类似话)
T Now boys and girls please practice 1a in groups of three and make similar dialogs with your partners Then I will ask some groups to act them out
4 (选组表演成果)
T Which group can act your dialog out
G1 We can (表演话)
T Wonderful Anyone else
G2 We can (表演话)
…
(学生表演进行点评适鼓励必时纠正学生话中存错误)
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
完成2a2b
1 (学生2a中图片相应短语代码填入圆圈中)
T Just now we talked about the means of transportation Now let’s look at the pictures in 2a Then match the pictures with the corresponding phrases Do you understand
Ss Yes we do
T Good Let’s begin
2 (核答案)
3 (学生听录音 完成2b掌握生词Msgrandmother)
T Next we will have a listening practice Let’s find out how people come to school or come to work Do you understand
Ss Yes we do
(播放录音核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间15分钟)
表达交通工具名词频度副词进行实践调查 完成3
1 (媒体课件flash动画简笔画 学生展开想象 意造句子 求交通工具表达语频度副词)
T Let’s look at the pictures I’m sure you are interested in these lovely pictures Please make sentences as you like and don’t forget to use these means of transportation and adverbs of frequency Are you ready Go
2 (学生分组做关how to come to school调查报告完成3调查时强调How do you usually come to schoolI usually come to school…句型掌握生词group)
T Please report your results to your classmates
S1 In our group three students come to school by bike…
S2 In our group …
S3 …
…
(学汇总完成3)
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生社会做调查交通工具种交通工具种交通工具少什？根调查结果模仿3做表格)
(2)(预Section B 注意中频度副词)
Ⅳ疑点探究
课学介词by表示通助(方式手段)时法：by car by plane by ship等
表示交通方式介词inon：in a car on a bus等时交通工具前加限定词on foot意步行走foot前需限定词foot复数(建议：教师总结课练课补充)
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands 目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
weekday early bird catch walk ride park do (one’s) homework watch TV television
2 (1)Go on learning adverbs of frequency
seldom never sometimes
(2)Review the present simple tense
I always get up at about six o’clock
Li Xiang often comes to school by bike
3 Go on learning adverbs of frequency and means of transportation in different expressions
(1) I seldom walk to school
I never go to school by subway
(2) —How does Maria go home
—She sometimes goes home by subway She sometimes takes the subway home
4 Encourage the students to be diligent
The early bird catches the worm
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间8分钟)
链式发问形式复交通方式表达语相关句型导出1a呈现学1b
1 (链式发问竖排第学生问第二学生关交通方式问题 第二学生回答接着问第三学生……类推组2分钟时间
问题How do you usually go to school Do you often go to school by buscar…)
Example
S1 How do you usually go to school
S2 I usually go to school by bike How do you usually go to school
S3 I usually go to school by bus Do you often go to school by car
S4 Yes I doNo I don’t
…
2 (根第1环节实际情况 老师总结导出话1a语言功目标 步渡做铺垫)
T Good Now I know some of you come to school by bike and some come to school by bus… I often come to school on foot But sometimes I come to school by bike I never come to school by bus But my father always goes to work by subway He seldom goes to work by train
3 (板书讲解频度副词)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1a
1 (通解学生起床时间 引出谚语The early bird catches the worm学生猜测句谚语意思)
T OK boys and girls what time do you usually get up
S1 I usually get up at half past six
S2 …
T Yes we should go to bed early and get up early As the saying goes The early bird catches the worm Who knows the meaning of this sentence
(学生猜测教师板书加讲解教导学生学生活中应该勤奋努力)
The early bird catches the worm
2 (根1a信息 设置听力务 学生带着务听1a录音 提高兴趣降低难度)
T Listen to 1a and find out the answers to these questions on the blackboard
(板书问题生词)
weekday early bird catch walk seldom never
(1) What time does Michael get up on weekdays
(2) How does Michael usually go to school
(3) Does Sally often go to school by subway
(4) Who always takes a bus to school
3 (学生听遍1a录音核答案)
(Keys to the questions)
(1)He gets up at about six o’clock
(2)He usually goes to school on foot
(3)No she doesn’t
(4)Sally always takes a bus to school
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a1b容
1 (放1a录音 学生读模仿语音语调)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation Ready Go
2 (机话提高学生兴趣)
T OK Suppose you are Michael and Sally Listen to the tape and make a dialog with Helen
3 (学生分角色表演1a组间进行赛)
T Good Now let’s work in groups and act out 1a Then we’ll choose the best one
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
呈现2a图片呈现义换完成2b3
1 (1)(呈现2a图片 通师生互动 学生进步解巩固语言知识)
T Look at the first picture How does Maria go home
Ss She goes home by subway
T Yes we can also say she takes the subway home
(样通谈第234幅图句子)
Li Xiang comes to school by bikeLi Xiang rides a bike to school
We go to the park on footWe walk to the park
They go to the zoo by busThey take a bus to the zoo
(呈现义换加强交通工具表达方式灵活运总结板书)
by subway — take the subway by bike — ride a bike
on foot — walk by bus — take a bus
by car — take a car by plane — fly
(2)(学生听2a录音读)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation
(3)(引导学生纳总结1a2a中频度副词法进行操练)
T Find out the sentences with the adverbs of frequency pay attention to their usage and then make sentences
2 (学生完成2b)
T Now talk about the pictures in 2a with your partner
Example
S1 How does Maria go home
S2 She sometimes goes home by subwayShe sometimes takes the subway home
3 (播放3录音 学生独立完成3核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动
1 (利学频度副词进行实践活动)
(1)(学生How often do you …句型调查伴邻学生 根调查结果 写段话 量频度副词)
T Now look at the table Please survey your partners or your neighbors using How often do you… You should complete the table with adverbs of frequency At last write a short passage according to the form You can begin like this Li Ming sometimes goes shopping …
(表格)
Activity
Name
go shopping
watch TV in the
evening
walk after supper
get up early
Li Ming
sometimes
seldom
often
always
(2)(名学生汇报调查结果)
2 (家庭作业)
(学生Section ASection B中学重点句型写篇五句话左右关出行方式短文学生果兴趣 课外收集中外谚语名名言培养学力建构力)
Ⅳ疑点探究
1 动词介词短语表达交通方式：
He walks to school He goes to school on foot
说He on foot to school介词短语作谓语
2 频度副词never seldom sometimes often usually always等句中位置 般位行动词前 系动词助动词情态动词
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1a 2 and 3 课重点活动1a 23
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1) Learn other words of frequency
once twice
(2) Learn other new words and phrases
life American or few have lunch at school day have a rest play basketball football go swimming and so on ball more talk game listen to music read library must first week every
2 Learn how to express frequency
How often do you go to the library
OnceTwiceThree times a weekVery oftenEvery daySeldom …
3 Talk about the daily activities
play soccer play basketball read books go swimming go fishing listen to music watch TV do one’s homework go to the park meet friends cook go to the zoo
4 Learn about the differences of the school life between American students and Chinese students
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
复交通方式表达语频度副词呈现1a
1 (热身活动学生起唱Section B 4中Let’s chant全班学生边唱边双手节拍)
T Please turn to page 4 and let’s chant Ready
Ss Yes
2 (检查家庭作业然请学朗读写短文)
T Please show me your homework Then I will ask several students to read their passages
T Who wants to read it out
S1 …
T Anyone else
S2 …
3 (方案：问答形式 复交通方式表达语求学生量采两种表达方式)
Example
T S3 how do you usually go to school
S3 I usually walk to schoolI usually go to school on foot
T How do you usually go to school S4
S4 I usually ride my bike to schoolI usually go to school by bike
T How does S4 usually go to school
S5 HeShe usually goes to school by bikeHeShe usually rides hisher bike to school
T …
(方案二：学生组里进行链式话 复交通工具表达语)
S6 How do you often go to school
S7 I often walk to school What about you
S8 I often take the subway to school How do you usually go to school
S9 …
4 (引导学生复学频度副词seldom often always sometimes never usually 引出课新词组how often两新频度副词once twice)
T I always go to the library after school Mr Zhang doesn’t go to the library every day He goes there oncetwice a week
(板书画线部分 学新词oncetwice)
oncetwice a week
T How often do you go to the library (学how often帮助学生回答)
Ss …
(板书画线部分 重点讲解how often法)
how often
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现学1a
1 (谈学校生活开始导入1a呈现新单词短语关键词提示词义板书)
T Boys and girls do you like our school life
Ss Yes we do
T Then do you know about the school life of American students
Ss No we don’t
T Today we will learn about it together OK
Ss Yes
T First look at the blackboard and let’s learn some new words and phrases
(板书)
school life American or few have lunch at school day eat out have a short rest be over in their free time play basketball soccer go swimming ball games
2 (学生仔细阅读1a话然回答1b五问题)
(1)Let the students read 1a carefully and then answer the questions in 1b
(2)Check the answers
(板书答案)
1 They usually walk to school or take a yellow school bus
2 At school
3 At about 3 o’clock
4 They often play basketball or soccer go swimming and so on
5 Four times a year
3 (播放1a录音学生读模仿语音语调)
T Now let’s follow the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
4 (机话)
T Suppose you are Michael Listen to the tape and make a dialog with the interviewer
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间13分钟)
表演巩固1a完成1c
1 (学生黑板呈现关键词两组表演1a)
T OK Close your books Look at the key words on the blackboard and act 1a out with your partner
2 (学生根1a1b写篇关美国学生学校生活文章完成1c)
3 (谈中国学生学校生活根1b五问题展开)
T Now let’s talk about the school life of Chinese students You can discuss it according to the questions in 1b
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
运图片练23
1 (出示张Hai Qing踢球片学生介绍外三幅图片 引出新动词短语 板书)
play soccer go swimming
play basketball go fishing
listen to music do his homework
watch TV go to the park
T I usually read books after school What do you usually do after school S1
S1 I usually play soccer
T Look at this picture What does Hai Qing usually do after school
S1 He usually plays soccer but he doesn’t play basketball
(采样方法继续操练完成2)
2 (学生利2中图片运How often频度短语副词进行问答)：
T Look at the first picture How often does Hai Qing play soccer
Ss Usually
(样方法操练完成2然操练3中句型教学Work must come first libraryread)
(板书)
Work must come first
library read
3 (链式话方式 进行3容)
T Now let’s use the words and phrases in the box of 3 and do a chain work like this
Example
S2 Do you often …
S3 Yes I do No I don’t
S2 How often do you …
S3 OnceTwiceThree times a weekVery oftenEvery daySeldom … Do you often …
S4 …
…
(老师学生熟练操练完成总结how often法板书回答词短语)
oncetwicethree times a week
every dayweekmonth …
neverseldomsometimesoftenusuallyalways
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间5分钟)
进行采访 做调查报告 解中美学生学校生活差异
1 (学生做调查报告 全班汇报)
T Survey your classmates and fill out the form Then report it to the class
Example
A How often do you watch TV
B Once a week
…
Activity
Name
watch TV
in the evening
walk to
school
play computer
games
help
your parents
play
basketball
Li Ming
once a week
You can report like this
Li Ming watches TV in the evening once a week …
2 (学生讨中美学生学校生活差异)
(全班学生分成四组 讨中美学生学校生活差异 组名学生进行纳总结然组推荐出名记者 全班学生汇报 学生做记录)
T The whole class talk about the differences in the school life between American students and Chinese students Then write them down and report to the class
Example
In America students walk or take a yellow school bus In China students…
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(收集关美国学生学校生活相关信息记录)
(2)(纳学频度副词短语)
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 and 2 课重点活动12
Ⅰ Aims and demands 目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 Learn some new words and phrases
begin have classes while go to bed
3 Sum up the useful expressions in this topic
(1)Happy New year The same to you
(2)The early bird catches the worm
(3)Nice talking to you
(4)Work must come first
(5)She goes to bed at about a quarter to ten
4 Review and sum up the grammars
(1) Review words and phrases of frequency
never seldom sometimes often usually always oncetwicethree times a week
(2) Sum up the present simple tense
①Do you often come to school by bike Yes I do No I don’t
②I usually come to school by subway
③I seldom walk to school
④I never go to school by subway
⑤They always take a bus to the zoo
⑥How does Maria go home She sometimes takes the subway home
⑦How often do they have ball games Four times a year
⑧He usually plays soccer but he doesn’t play basketball
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机音标卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
复节日问候语谚语复Section C完成4b5
1 (生日歌旋律唱Happy New Year导入课 活跃课堂气氛 步进行4b做准备)
T Let’s sing the song Happy New Year together
T & Ss Happy New Year to you
Happy New Year to you
Happy New Year The same to you
Happy New Year to you
2 (学4b 纳话题中表达方式)
(1)(通面歌曲 巩固面表达方式)
(板书)
Happy New Year
The same to you
(2)(呈现The early bird catches the wormWork must come first翻译成汉语 勉励学生勤奋学)
T In this topic we have learnt two useful expressions They tell us we must work hard and can’t waste our time Do you still remember them
Ss Yes One is The early bird catches the worm and the other is Work must come first
T So you must study hard every day
(板书)
The early bird catches the worm
捷足先登早起鸟虫吃
Work must come first
工作第
3 (学生听4b录音声读)
T Well let’s listen to 4b Follow it loudly
4 (检查家庭作业完成5)
T Boys and girls have you finished your homework
Ss …
T Good In the last lesson we learnt about the school life of American students Today let’s survey your classmates about the school life Fill out the form in 5 with your survey results Then compare the school life of American students with yours and write a passage You may begin like this
The school life of American students is different from ours… OK let’s begin
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现2
1 (复般现时引出2)
(学生图片完成书中表格)
T Boys and girls Look at the pictures in the passage What does Jane usually do at 620 am
Ss She usually gets up at 620 am
T What does she do at half past seven
Ss She goes to school
…
(教师边问边引导学生完成部分表格)
2 (学生听录音完成剩余表格)
T Good Let’s listen to 2 and fill in the rest blanks Ready
Ss Yes
T OK let’s begin
(播放2录音)
3 (核答案)
T Now let’s check the answers Who wants to share the answers with us
S1 Let me try …
T Very good Next one
S2 …
…
4 (学生仔细阅读2找新单词猜测词义)
板书
begin have classes while go to bed
T Wonderful Now let’s read this passage carefully and guess the meaning of the words
…
(点评纠正学生理解错误)
5 (学生2中表格复述短文)
T Now let’s look at the table and retell this passage Any volunteers
S3 Let me try …
T Great Anyone else
…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间16分钟)
巩固2完成4a3
1 (学生次阅读2快速找出含交通方式频率副词句子)
T OK Now read 2 quickly again and underline the means of transportation and adverbs of frequency
…
T Good Besides these sentences can you tell me other expressions about frequency and means of transportation
(教师引导学生回答边说边黑板右方板书never seldom …)
(板书)
Frequency
Means of transportation
by car take a car
by subway take the subway
by bike ride a bike
by bus take a bus
on foot walk
by plane fly
(表引导学生朗读4a完成3)
2 (学生听录音读4a)
3 (学生听录音完成3)
T Well let’s listen to 3 and fill in the blanks Ready
Ss Yes
T Let’s begin
…
4 (核答案文中句子转换成种交通表达方式)
T Now let’s check the answer
Ss Miss Yang always goes to Wuhan by bus
T Great You can also say Miss Yang always takes a bus to Wuhan
(样引导学生进行2345句子换练)
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间7分钟)
音标卡片学音标练音标完成1
1 (全班学生持张卡片张卡片教学目标中列出两音标中学音标全班动员参)
T Everyone has a card If I read please raise your card with and stand up If I read please raise your card with and stand up Do you understand
2 (组活动名学生读卡片音标组成员均举起相应音标卡片)
T Practice in groups One reads the phonetic symbols and others raise cards
3 (学生听1录音读)
T Listen to 1 and read after the tape
4 (组单位进行赛限定时间组说出含发音单词)
T Boys and girls next we’ll have a competition Let’s work in groups and speak out words which have sound in given time as many as possible At last we’ll decide which group is the winner Do you understand
Ss Yes
T OK Let’s begin Be quick
…
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
介绍日常生活 加强实践活动 提高英语应力
1 (学生制作表格介绍天活动)
T Make a form about your daily activities
Example
Time
Activity
630 am
get up
700 am
730 am
go to school
1200 am
after school
after dinner
2 (找名学生介绍活动)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes I am
T Who wants to share your activities
S1 I want…
T Well done Anyone else
S2 …
…
T Fantastic Remember you should use the present simple tense in the passage
4 (家庭作业)
学生写篇关日常活动短文求 (1)般现时(2)学频度副词
(范文：)
My Day
I usually get up at 630 am I often go to school by bus at 730 am Classes begin at 800 am I have four classes in the morning
I always have lunch at 1200 am I have two classes in the afternoon After school I sometimes play football with my classmates
I get home at 530 pm and have dinner at 700 pm After dinner I often do my homework I seldom watch TV in the evening I go to bed at about 1000 pm I never go to bed late(迟晚)
安排1节口语训练单词词组测
1 always usuallyoftenneversometimes by bus on footby ship 等
话题结束教学记反思：____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第2周 2013 年3月4日8日完成Topic 2学
Topic 2 He is running on the playground
Section A
Section A needs 1~2 periods Section A需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a 2a and 3 课重点活动1a 2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1(1) Learn the names of school buildings
playground gym dormitory lab computer room dining hall classroom building swimming pool
(2) Learn other new words
make card boring soon run dance sleep clean
2 Learn the present continuous tense
What are you doing now I’m making cards
What is Maria doing now She is reading in the library
Are you watching TV Yes I amNo I’m not
Is Kangkang reading in the library Yes he isNo he isn’t
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机教学挂图幻灯片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间8分钟)
复节课校园生活容 呈现活动3
1 (学生描述校园生活 in one’s free time often twice a week go swimming read books play soccer …学校园活动场名称作铺垫 学现进行时提供必动词词组)
T Today I want to make a survey S1 do you like our school life
S1 Yes I like our school life very much
T What do you usually do in your free time
S1 I usually play soccer
T Thank you S2 what do you usually do in your free time
S2 I often read books
T What about you S3
S3 I often go swimming
…
2 (询问学生通常里做述活动 呈现校园活动场名称)
T I know you all have an interesting school life S1 usually plays soccer S2 often reads books S3 often goes swimming… Please answer my questions now Where do we play soccer If you can’t answer it in English you can speak Chinese
Ss 操场
T Where do we read books
Ss 图书馆
T Where do we swim
Ss 游泳池
…
(教师利幻灯片逐呈现校园活动场名称)
T Now look at the first picture What’s this(教师出示第张幻灯片)
Ss Playground
T What’s this in English(出示第二张幻灯片)
Ss Dormitory(教师帮助学生回答)
…
(次引导出生词板书)
(板书)
playground library swimming pool lab computer room gym classroom building
dormitory dining hall
3 (学生3中词图片正确搭配)
T Just now we learned some new words Now let’s look at the picture in 3 Then match the places with the right pictures
4 (核答案)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间17分钟)
呈现2a 1a 完成2b
1 (猜猜老师做出读书动作 问What am I doing帮助学生回答You are reading a book例 学生轮流做动作 学生猜猜干什)
Example
T Now I am in the classroom Guess What am I doing (老师做出读书动作)
Ss You are reading a book
S1 I am on the playground What am I doing (学生做出踢球动作)
S2 You are playing soccer
T … What is S1 doing (老师指着S1 S1做出踢球动作)
Ss … HeShe is playing soccer
T What is S2S3 … doing
Ss HeShe is …
2(老师呈现2a中挂图 指着图片发问指导学生回答)
T Where is Maria
Ss She is in the library
T What is she doing
Ss She is reading
(指着第二幅图继续发问)
T Where is Kangkang
…
(板书新句型求学生掌握dance sleep clean)
— Where is Maria — What is she doing
— She is in the library — She is reading
(学生根1a 2a图练现进行时)
T Where is Jane
Ss She is at home
T What is she doing
Ss She is watching TV
(学生间进行话)
S1 …
S2 …
3 (学生听2a 完成2b)
T Let’s listen to 2a again And finish 2b Begin
4 (核答案)
T Who wants to share your answers with us
S7 Maria …
S8 Kangkang …
S9 Wang Wei …
5 (听录音学1a)
T From the pictures we can see they are making a phone call What are they talking about Now let’s listen to it
(听1a录音)
T Is Jane doing her homework
Ss No she isn’t
T Is Jane watching TV
Ss Yes she is
(通话方式引导学生掌握现进行时般疑问句肯定否定回答形式时学生词)
(板书)
Is she doing her homework
Yes she isNo she isn’t
make card soon
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a 2a
1 (放1a 2a录音 学生读 注意语音语调)
T Please listen to the tape and follow it Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(播放录音)
2 (机话)
T Now listen to me carefully Suppose you are Jane Listen to the tape and make a dialog with Michael
3 (学生分角色朗读话)
T Very good Work in groups and read the dialog in roles I will ask several groups to act it out Begin
4 (老师总结现进行时法构成)
(板书)
+be(amisare)+ving+
(老师纳ving构成)
(板书)
ving构成三种：
1直接词尾加ingplaying doing
2发音字母e结尾动词 掉字母e加ingmaking dancing
3重读闭音节结尾末尾辅音字母 双写辅音字母 加ingrunning swimming
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练1a 2a完成1b4
1 (设置场境引导学生组单位表演话评出佳表演者)
T Now let’s put 1a and 2a together then act it out Ready OK another 3 minutes to prepare
…
T OK Let’s begin Who want to have a try
G1 …
T Very good Anyone else
G2 …
(评出佳组佳表演者予相应表扬鼓励)
2 (两组根1a利What are you doing I’m …Are you … Yes …No …编类似话完成1b)
3 (学生根4图画进行两话)
T Please look at the picture ① in 4 Ask and answer questions in pairs
S1 Where is she
S2 She is in the gym
S1 Is she singing
S2 No she isn’t
S1 What’s she doing
S2 She’s dancing
(样方法操练外三幅图学生掌握生词run)
4 (学生组单位利1b4合编成话表演)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间5分钟)
通表演猜测 培养学生实际运力
1 (请名学生台做动作 学生现进行时态进行问答)
T×× please come here
(出示dance动作卡片)
Please perform the action
(学生表演跳舞动作)
T What is heshe doing
Ss He’sShe’s dancing
…
2 (家庭作业)
(求学回家时间观察家中成员做什做记录)
T I’d like you to watch your family after you go back home Please write down what heshe is doing
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a 2a and 2b 课重点活动1a 2a2b
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
borrow a few of course use look for shelf keep return on time pleasure post byebye another Lost and Found purse money else picture put on
2 Go on learning the present continuous tense
Many students are using them and they are doing better in English now
I’m looking for my purse
3 Learn how to borrow things
Excuse me may I borrow a few Ren’ai Project English workbooks
How long can I keep them
You must return them on time
4 Learn how to write Lost and Found
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机课件挂图图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复学校场 呈现1a
1 (方案猜谜说描述性语言 学生猜学校场)
T Boys and girls guess the place First a place where we can go swimming What is it
S1 Is it the swimming pool
T Yes you are right Next a place where we can do some sports What is it Who knows
S2 Playground
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间12分钟)
呈现活动1a 练1b
1 (继续话利课件图片呈现1a)
T A place where there are many different kinds of books What is it
S5 Library
T Good What can we do in the library(教师出示图书馆图片)
S6 Read books
T Anything else
S7 Borrow books(帮助学生回答问题引导出生词borrow)
T Great What should we say when we borrow books
S8 …
…
(次引导出生词短语句型keep a few How long … 板书讲解)
(板书)
borrow keep return use shelf
a few of course look for on time
How long can I keep them Two weeks
2 (学生听1a第1部分 注意话中生词句型)
T Look and listen to dialog 1 in 1a Pay attention to the new words and expressions on the blackboard
3 (假设种情境学生没想书 该办？)
(方案利课件呈现1a第2部分容求学生掌握post)
T Boys and girls if you can’t borrow the book you want what should you do
Ss I don’t know
T OK Let’s go on watching and pay attention to what they say
(播放课件)
(方案二老师学生做示范 帮助学生回答 呈现1a第2部分容求学生掌握post)
T Boys and girls if you can’t borrow the book you want what should the librarian say
Ss HeShe should say Sorry we don’t have any(帮助学生回答)
T What should you say
Ss Thank you all the same(帮助学生回答)
(板书)
post
Sorry we don’t have any
Thank you all the same
Byebye
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a 根1b中句型编话
1 (学生合课听录音读1a注意语音语调)
T Now please close your books Listen to the tape and follow it Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
2 (学生分成两部分部分表演1a话1部分学表演1a话2两
组进行练)
T Now I will divide you into two groups One group acts out Dialog 1 in 1a and the other group acts out Dialog 2 in 1a Work in pairs Do you understand
Ss Yes
T Now let’s begin
3 (分找组学生进行表演组学演)
T OK I want to know which group can act it out best Are you ready
Ss Yes we are
T Which group wants to act first
G1 We want
…
T Very good But you can speak slowly next time OK Next group
G2 …
…
3 (学生1a中找出1b相应答语1b中句型编话 教师予必指导)
T Now please find out the responses to the sentences in 1b from 1a and work in pairs to practice borrowing things from others You can use the expressions in 1b Begin
4 (找组学生表演编话)
T OK Stop here Who wants to share your dialog with us
G3 We want
…
T Excellent You can speak more loudly Next group
G4 …
…
T Well done Now let’s move on
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
利情景设置呈现2a 练2b3
1 (设置名女学生路寻找东西情景 呈现2a)
T Look at the picture Guess what she is doing
Ss She is looking for something (帮助学生回答)
T You are right She lost her purse Can you guess what is in her purse
Ss Money
T What else
Ss Maybe …
…
(采话次引导出生词句型)
(板书)
talk money I’m looking for my purse
Lost and Found else What’s in it
purse picture What else
2 (播放2a录音 学生读注意语音语调)
T Listen to 2a and follow it Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
3 (学生两分钟时间 两组读话 然找学生朗读)
T Now I’ll give you two minutes to read the dialog with your partners Then I’ll ask some of you to read it OK Begin
4 (1)(学生读2b中两启事 学写寻物招领启事完成2b 提醒学生注意寻物招领启事格式容素)
(板书)
Lost The thing(丢失物品)
Name(失)
Phone number(联系方式)
Found The thing(发现物品)
Where(物品现存)
Phone number(联系方式)
T Read the notices on the bulletin board Learn how to write them Please pay attention to the format and content of the message and finish 2b
(2)(学生写份寻物招领启事)
T Suppose you found or lost something write your own bulletin board message
5 (学生听录音完成3选择正确答案)
(板书学听力部分生词)
T Listen to the dialogs in 3 and choose the right answers First let’s learn some new words
(板书)
put on
(播放录音)
6 (核答案)
T Let’s check the answers Who wants to answer the first question
S1 Sally is…
T Good No2 S 2 please
S2 Sorry I don’t know
…
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间8分钟)
通组活动探究东西程练写寻物招领启事
1 (两组活动仿1a根1b中句型编话)
T Work with your partners and make a conversation Similar to 1a You may use the expressions in 1b
Examples
(1)S1 Excuse me may I borrow a pen
S2 Here you are
S1 Great How long can I keep it
S2 …
(2)S3 Excuse me may I borrow a knife
S4 Sorry I don’t have any
S3 Thank you all the same Bye
S4 Byebye
2 (鼓励更学生复述2a容)
T S5 do you want to retell the story of 2a？
S5 …
T Anyone else Raise your hand Wow so many
3 (写寻物招领启事少两句子)(范文)
Found
A key to a bike
Please call the Lost and Found
Tel 8217667
Lost
My red umbrella
My name is Mary
Please call 8838752
4 (家庭作业)
(预13页1a兴趣模仿1a描述学校某建筑物某场景中行)
Ⅳ疑点探究
(1)look forfind法：
look for意思寻找 强调找动作find物动词 意思找 发现 强调找结果 宾语：
I can’t find my purse 找钱包
Please look for it in your bag I think you can find it 请包里找 想找
(2)otherelse区：
other修饰名词位名词前：
What’s that in your other hand 手里什？
else修饰定代词疑问代词疑问副词必须位词：
I have nothing else to say 没说
What else do I need to do 做什事情？
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn other new words and phrases
show sb around sit write at the back of draw
2 Review the present continuous tense
What isare… doing
IsAre…
The boy is drawing pictures
He isn’t making cards
3 Review the names of school buildings
4 Talk about everyday activities Encourage the students to take part in various kinds of activities actively
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
通表演竞赛复引入1a
1 (表演竞赛学生进行话表演 教师全班分四组 组表演话话时间分钟限第组学生东西 教室走动第二组东西丢 失物招领处找回第三组图书馆书图书馆没第四组请名学生表演动作 两名学生现进行时话通活动热身 提起学生学兴趣 复现进行时节课话)
Group 1
S1 Excuse me may I borrow…
S2 Of course
…
Group 2
S3 What are you doing
S4 I’m looking for my purse
S5 …
…
Group 3
S6 Excuse me do you have any books of Harry Potter
S7 Sorry I don’t have any
S8 …
…
T OK wonderful … the last group
…
2 (出示Section A3挂图通复校园建筑物名称导入新课1a)
T Please look at the picture Let’s go on talking about the names of school buildings OK
(教师指着建筑物学生说)
Ss Yes It’s a libraryplaygroundlab…
T Now Peter is showing his mother around his school
(板书讲解)
show sb around … 带领某参观某
T Look at the pictures in 1a Which of the places are they visiting
Ss Playground gym and classroom
T Great
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1a完成1b
1 (学生边听录音边划出1a中be+ving结构)
T Now listen to the passage and underline the structure be+ving
2 (学生认真阅读1a呈现新单词词组完成1b)
(1)T Please read the passage carefully guess the meaning of the new words and phrases and then finish 1b
(板书生词词组猜词义熟读)
sit—sitting on the playground have a soccer game
write—writing in the gym write a letter
draw—drawing in the classroom at the back of
(2)(核答案)
T Let’s check the answers of Part A in 1b Who can do it
S1 …
(3)T Write down your answers to Part B after the example
(板书be+ving划线)
Example
Some students are having a soccer game
S2 A few students are running
S3 The girls are dancing
S4 Three students are swimming
S5 Kangkang is reading Ran’ai English Post
S6 Sally is cleaning the blackboard
3 (复分词构成规)
T Now let’s review the formation rules of ving
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a
1 (放1a录音学生读注意语音语调)
T Please listen to the tape and follow it Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(播放录音)
2 (学生朗读课文熟记)
T Please read the text loudly and try to remember it
3 (学生分成三组组背诵段话)
T I’ll divide you into three groups Group 1 recite Passage 1 Group 2 recite Passage 2 Group 3 recite Passage 3 Be quick
4 (组抽12名学背诵谁背快)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Now I’ll ask one or two students from each group to recite the passage Let’s see who can do it best
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
运图片练2
1 (出示张男孩画画图片操练现进行时种句型)
Example
T Please look at the picture boys and girls Let’s talk about it Is the boy writing
S1 No he isn’t
T Is the boy making cards
S2 No he isn’t
T What is he doing
S3 He is drawing
T Yes He is drawing He isn’t making cards
(板书)
He is drawing He isn’t making cards
2 (学生两组仿例子练2外五幅图)
T Work in pairs and practice the other five pictures according to the example Be quick
3 (请五组学生分表演五幅图话练现进行时态填空)
T Now I’ll ask five groups to act out the dialogs about the five pictures Who wants to act out your dialog
G1 …
T Very good Next who can
G2 …
…
4 (核答案)
T Who wants to share your answers with us
S4 …
S5 …
…
(板书答案)
1 is doing 2are eating 3am listening
isn’t writing aren’t drinking am not singing
4 isn’t watching 5aren’t playing
is playing are having
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
调查班学课堂活动加强实践训练提高英语应力
1 (学生活动2分钟观察周围学行现进行时写段少5句话短文)
T Now please do what you like to do for two minutes and then watch your classmates around you Write a short passage with the present continous tense at least five sentences
2 (找名学生汇报成果)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes we are
T Who wants to share your results with us
S1 I want…
T Well done Anyone else
S2 …
…
T Great Remember you should use the present continuous tense
(范文)
It is 930 now In our classroom you can see Li Lei is writing Mary is drawing Jane and Li Wei are reading English Kangkang is talking with Michael How happy they are
3 (班级活动学生完成3边放录音边唱优美歌声中结束节课)
T Boys and girls let’s listen to a beautiful song Follow it please
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 5 课重点活动1 25
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels e等
2 Learn some new words
because Japanese wonderful also
3 Review the present continuous tense
I’m looking for my purse
But they aren’t sleeping at the moment
Are you doing your homework Yes I am No I’m not
Is heshe singing Yes heshe is No heshe isn’t
What are you doing I’m making cards
What is heshe doing HeShe is playing soccer on the playground
4 Review the names of school buildings
5 Review how to borrow things from others
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机单词卡片音标卡片图片片挂图
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复表示校园建筑名称单词东西话
1 (单词竞赛抽查三排学生 抽排 左右 名学生说出校园建筑名称单词 然现进行时态造句子单词5分 句子10分全班学生起找错误 找错误减两分 排分高)
Example
T Please give the names of school buildings and make sentences using the names one by one
S1 Library I’m reading in the library
S2 Playground I’m running on the playground
S3 The swimming pool He’s swimming in the swimming pool
…
(通竞赛 集中学生注意力 活跃课堂气氛 调动学生学积极性)
2 (话赛学生复东西相关句型进行1分钟话表演两组组编快)
T Boys and girls next we’ll have a conversation competition Let’s make dialogs about how to borrow things from others and then act it out within one minute Please use the sentences we have learnt as many as possible Work in pairs At last we’ll decide which group is the winner Let’s begin
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1完成2
1
T Now please look at the card Can you read this word
SsFarmer
T How about this one
Ss Guitar
T Very good What about this one
SsPark
T Wonderful
(板书park farmer guitar画出ar帮助学生找规律)
…
(样方法次呈现音标板书：(板书)
park farmer guitar
hair pair chair
walk ball call autumn August daughter
waiter train rain gray May playground e
2 (放1录音 学生读)
T OK please open your books and look at 1 in page 15 Let’s listen to the tape and follow it
(播放录音)
3 (学生读1 巩固学音标)
T Read these phonetic symbols by yourselves
4 (运头脑风暴法求学生说出发音单词)
5 (教师出示2中图片出张文伟体育馆跑步片)
T Look at this picture He is Wen Wei Is he dancing
Ss No he isn’t
T What’s he doing
Ss He is running
T Right He is running in the gym He isn’t dancing
(样方法呈现外两张片进行操练)
6 (学生2中图 听录音 板书新单词然学生填写列空格)
T Look at the pictures in 2 Listen to the tape and then fill in the blanks on the blackboard First let’s look at the new words
(板书)
because Japanese
wonderful also
1)Wen Wei is in the gym in Picture 1
2)In Picture 2 he is swimming in the
3)In Picture 3 he is talking to on the Great Wall
7 (核答案 找三名学生黑板填写空格)
T Are you ready
Ss OK
T Who wants to fill in the blanks
S1 …(黑板填写第题)
T Is he right or wrong
Ss Right
T Very good Go back to your seat Next one
S2 …(黑板填写第二题)
…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固2
1 (学生阅读短文完成2)
T Please read the passage carefully underline the activities and circle the places Then number the photos OK
Ss Yes
2 (核答案)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Good Who wants to underline the activities
S1 …
T Good job Next who can circle the places
S2 …
…
3 (放遍2录音 根2中容 进行问答)
T Ask and answer questions in pairs according to 2
Example
S3 Where is Wen Wei in Picture 1
S4 He is…
S3 What is he doing
S4 He is…
4 (找组学生汇报练结果)
T I want someone to act out your dialog Who can do it
G1 Where is…
…
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练3 完成4a 4b
1 (呈现3 放录音 学生填写表格)
T Now let’s do 3 First please listen to the tape carefully and then complete the table OK let’s begin
(播放录音)
2 (核答案)
T OK let’s listen again and check your answers Are you ready
Ss Yes
(次播放录音)
T Let’s check the answers The first one Jane Who can do it
S1 Jane is playing the guitar in the dormitory
T Is heshe right or wrong
Ss Right
T Good Next oneMaria？
S2 Maria is dancing in the gym
…
3 (完成4a 4b容 总结纳话题语法重点惯语)
T Look at 4a 4b please They are very important to you You should read them carefully and try to remember them Understand
(学生阅读 教师巡视 予必帮助)
T OK Stop please Let me sum up the grammar for you Please look at the blackboard
(板书)
(1)+be(isamare)+doing …
(2)Be(IsAmAre)++doing …
(3)+be(isamare)+not+doing …
(4)疑问词+be (isamare)+语+doing …
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通实践活动 培养学生细心观察事物力完成5
1 (组赛学生两分钟分组讨找出5中两幅图处找出点正确组获胜教师予表扬)
T Now let’s have a competition Work in groups of four to find out the differences between the two pictures in 5
2 (根组活动讨结果写篇短文)
T Write a passage according to the results of your discussion
You may begin like this
Three boys are swimming in Picture 1 but …
3 (家庭作业)
请学做课外活动调查学某时刻什方干什根调查结果写篇短文少6句话
范文：
It’s 440 in the afternoon now Look Some students are playing basketball on the playground A few students are running there too Mary is singing in the classroom Some boys are swimming in the swimming pool Some girls are dancing in the gym How happy they are
Topic 2 话题结束记反思： _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第 3周 3月11日 15日完成Topic 3教学
Topic 3 My school life is very interesting
Section A
Section A needs 1~2 periods Section A需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn days of the week
Wednesday Monday Tuesday Thursday Friday
(2)Learn subjects
physics geography P E art math science history biology politics
(3)Learn other new words and phrases
today meeting outdoor activity lesson learn
2 Learn Whquestions
What day is it today
What time does the class begin
3 Talk about subjects and timetables
What class are they having
They are having a music class
What time is it over At a quarter to eleven
How many lessons does he have every weekday
What lessons does he have on Wednesdays
How often does he do outdoor activities
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机图片黑板单词卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
通复 导入1a
1 (师生说唱 复现进行时)
T Let’s chantWhat are you doing
What are you doing now
I’m singing now
What are you doing now
I’m dancing now
What are you doing now
I’m walking now
What are you doing now
I’m playing now
(边唱 边做动作 全班学生着唱 起做动作 活跃课堂气氛 激发学生学兴趣)
2 (通师生问答 导入1a)
T What are you doing now
Ss We are singing a chant
T What are we doing now We can say We are having a class now What class are we having
Ss We are having an English class(老师帮助学生回答)
T Do we have an English class every day
Ss Yes we do
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间15分钟)
呈现1a
1 (老师呈现表示星期学科单词卡片幻灯片进行问答练学新单词)
T What day is it today (举着星期二卡片)
Ss It’s Tuesday(帮助学生回答)
T Do you have a P E class on Tuesday
Ss No we don’t
…
T What time does the class begin
Ss At eight o’clock
T What time is it over
Ss At a quarter to nine
(学生两组利板书画线句型编话)
T Work in pairs and make a dialog
Example
S1 What day is it today
S2 It’s Tuesday
S1 Do you have an English class on Tuesday
S2 …
(板书)
It is Monday physics
Tuesday geography
Wednesday P E
Thursday art
Friday math
history
biology
politics
science
2 (学生听1a录音回答黑板问题)
T Listen to 1a carefully and find out the answers to these questions
(板书)
(1) What day is it today
(2) What time does the class begin
(3) What time is it over
(播放录音)
3 (核答案)
T OK Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Let’s check the answers The first question who can answer it
S3 It is Wednesday
T Yeah very good The second one
S4 At ten o’clock
T Good job What about the third one
S5 At a quarter to eleven
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (学生听1a读标出语音语调)
T Listen to 1a follow it and mark the pronunciation and intonation
2 (朗读1a核语音语调)
T Read 1a loudly and check the pronunciation and intonation
3 (学生背诵1a)
T Now please recite 1a Are you ready
Ss Yes
4 (学生图片信息 完成1b)
T Look at the pictures and information in 1b and practice the dialog with your partner
Example
S1 What day is it today
S2 It’s …
S 1 What class are they having
S2 They’re …
S1 What time does the class begin
S2 At …
S1 What time is the class over
S 2 At …
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
复关科目星期单词练现进行时态完成2a3
1 (老师2a中课程表贴黑板呈现幻灯片)
T What’s this Do you know
Ss 课程表
T You’re clever It’s a timetable Do you know how to read the timetable
Ss Yes
T OK Read this timetable carefully and then answer the questions in 2a Begin
(板书教生词)
timetable class meeting
outdoor activity lesson
2 (核答案 困难学生予指导)
T OK Are you ready now
Ss Yes
T Good Who wants to share the answers with us The first question
S3 He has six lessons every day
T Well done The second one
S4 He has five English lessons every week
T Right The third one
S5 …
…
T Any questions
S6 …
…
3 (取出黑板 呈现科目表格 练询问科目课时间句型)
Subject
Time
(begin—finish)
Day
English
750—835
every day
Math
845—930
every day
Geography
950—1035
Monday
History
1045—1130
Tuesday
Biology
1400—1445
Wednesday
Art
1455—1540
Thursday
P E
1550—1635
Friday
T Look at the blackboardslide and answer my questions Do you have a math class every day
Ss Yes we do
T What time does the class begin
Ss At…
T What time is the class over
Ss At…
(方案学生两分钟时间练话名学生问 名学生答 然交换角色)
T Now I’ll give you two minutes to practice the dialog One asks the other answers and then exchange the roles
(方案二学生3分钟分组活动练话 进行表演 评出优秀组)
T Now I’ll give you three minutes to practice and act out the dialogs
(找学生表演话)
T Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Who wants to act out your dialog
G1 We want
S1 What’s your favorite subject
S2 My favorite subject is art
S1 Do you have an art class every day
S2 No we don’t
S1 What day do you have an art class
S2 On Thursday
S1 …
…
T That’s great Next group
G2 …
…
4 (猜猜动作单词卡片学生复关科目星期单词完成3)
(1)T Now look at me and guess what class I am having
(做出唱歌跳舞动作)
Ss You are having a music class
T What day do you have a music class
Ss On Wednesday
(名学生做动作 外两名学生问答)
Example
S3 (做画画动作)
S4 What class is he having
S5 He is having an art class
…
(板书)
learn about work onout talk
Using the expressions in the box to make some sentences
(2)(练现进行时)
T Now make similar conversations with the phrases in the box of 3 with your partner
Example
S1 They are learning about the past in the class What class are they having
S2 They are having a history class
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通调查 探究学生科目喜
1 (学生做调查 采访班学生 解周中天喜欢科目原)
T Please interview your classmates and learn about their favorite subjects and reasons
Time
Favorite subject
LikeDislike
Reason
Day
800—900
art
like very much
like drawing pictures
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
2 (学生完成调查表格 调查结果汇报全班学生)
T You can report it to the class like this
On Monday my favorite subject is art It begins at eight and finishes at nine I like it very much because I like drawing pictures …
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生英语设计课程表完成2b)
(2)(预Section B找出短语句子)
Ⅳ疑点探究
1 Sunday意星期日星期天英国做周天美国做周第天
2 class指整课堂 包括老师讲授学生听讲 英语课美术课等
lesson课文身 范围非常 ：Lesson One第课
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn some adjectives
easy interesting difficult
(2)Learn other new words
which subject best story
2 Talk about interests likes and dislikes
You must like English very much
I don’t like it very much
Which subject do you like best I like history best
Why do you like it Because it’s easy and interesting
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机黑板单词卡片图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
1 (值日生汇报天学科目 复节课容)
Example
It’s Friday today We have Chinese English geography and art in the morning And in the afternoon we have P E and math…
2 (师生互动 复节课容)
T What day is it today
Ss It is…
T What class are we having
Ss We’re having an English class
T What time does the class begin boys
Boys At…
T What time is it over girls
Girls At…
3 (检查家庭作业学生出制作英语课程表 五组讨列问题 复
关科目星期特殊疑问句)
T OK Very good Now take out your timetable look at it and ask and answer questions on the small blackboard in groups
(取出黑板 呈现问题)
(1)How many lessons do you have every week
(2)How many EnglishChinese…lessons do you have every week
(3)What time is the English class over
(4)What is your favorite subject
(5)How often do you do outdoor activities
(请组学生方框中问题讲台进行链式问答 第名学生问 第二名学生答 第二名学生接着问 第三名学生答类推)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
1 (1)(老师出语文数学英语等学科书学生发问 帮助学生回答)
(出示easy interesting difficultboring单词卡片)
T Do you like English
S1 Yes I do
T Why
S1 Because it’s easy and interesting(老师帮助回答)
T Do you like math S2
S2 No I don’t
T Why
S2 Because it’s difficult and boring(老师帮助回答)
T Which subject do you like best S3
S3 I like music best(老师帮助回答)
T Why do you like it
S3 Because it’s easy and interesting
T What do you think of it S4
S4 …
(板书)
easy interesting difficult boring which subject best
(2)(领读教学单词)
2 (2中图片挂黑板学生根2例子伴话)
T Now boys and girls look at the pictures on the blackboard According to the pictures and the example in 2 make conversations with your partners
Example
S1 Which subject do you like best
S2 I like history best
S1 Why do you like it
S2 Because it’s easy and interesting What do you think of it
S1 I think it’s too difficult
3 (学生表演组织话)
T Now please act your conversations out Who can
G1 We can
…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
(组活动 进行4)
(1)(学生进行调查 填写表格 完成4)
T Your pair works wonderfully Now let’s work in groups Make a survey about the subjects in your group and complete the table in 4 You can ask your classmates like this
S3 Hi ×× What’s your favorite subjectWhich subject do you like best
S4 Music I think it’s interesting
S3 Do you like art
S4 No I don’t
S3 Why don’t you like it
S4 Because I think it’s boring
…
(教师学生练程中 巡视全班学生困难时 予指导帮助)
(2)(学生汇报结果 教师予点评)
T OK Stop here Who wants to share your results with us
G2 We want ×× likes music best because it’s interesting
…
T OK Good job G2 Anyone else
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
1 (呈现1a 设置板书听力务 学生带着务听录音)
T Let’s learn 1a This is a dialog between Maria and Zhou Yan Now listen to the tape carefully and mark the following sentences True (T) or False (F)
(板书)
(1)Maria is listening to music
(2)Maria thinks English is easy and interesting
(3)Zhou Yan doesn’t like history She likes English
(4)Zhou Yan thinks history is boring
(5)Zhou Yan has two history lessons every week
2 (核答案)
T OK Stop here Are you ready
Ss Yes
T Good Look at the first sentence Is it true or false
S1 It’s false Maria is reading a book
T Great The second one
S2 It’s true
T …
…
3 (放1a录音学生读注意语音语调)
T Listen to 1a again and follow it and pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation
4 (学生完成1b然伴练1a表演)
T Please finish 1b Then I’ll give you several minutes to read 1a and then I’ll ask some of you to act it out Understand
Ss Yes
T OK Let’s begin
5 (核答案然学生表演)
T Which group wants to be the first
G1 …
T Very good But you should speak slowly Next group
G2 …
6 (学生听3录音填空)
T Next we’ll have a listening practice Listen to the tape carefully and then complete the table in 3 OK let’s begin
(播放录音)
7 (核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间8分钟)
通活动 培养学生实际运英语力
1 (先回答列问题然学生写封信笔友 介绍学校喜欢科目学情况原)
(出示黑板)
(1)How many lessons do you have every dayweek
(2)What is your favorite subject Why
(3)Who is your favorite teacher Why
(4)What do you think of your school What about your school life
2 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生课查阅资料 解中美学校学科设置作息时间学校生活)
(2)(学生预Section C)
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C 需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
ⅠAims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
friendly other news attention between stamp world Saturday from…to… night place program
2 (1)Review subjects and school activities
I study English politics art history geography biology and some other subjects
After school I often play basketball with my classmates It’s my favorite outdoor activity
(2)Learn how to write news and posters
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机白纸卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
通组活动复旧知识引入1a完成4
1 (师生录音学4完成4)
T Let’s listen to 4 and chant together
2 (两组活动进行话复Section A and Section B)
T Make conversations with your partners
Example
T What day is it today
S1 …
T What lessons do we have today
S1 We have …
T Which subject do you like bestWhat’s your favorite subject
S1 I like…bestMy favorite subject is…
T Why
S1 Because … What do you think of it
T I think it’s …
3 (提出关学校生活问题 学1a做准备)
T What subjects do you learn in the school What activities do you have at school Do you
love your school life Is it interesting
S2 …
S3 …
T Good Your school life is very interesting Now let’s look at Hu Bin’s school life
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1a
1 (学生快速阅读1a找出新单词完成1a面判断正误题)
T Now read 1a quickly and mark True (T) or False (F) then check the answers
2 (1)(呈现生词)
(板书)
friendly other news attention between stamp collection
world Saturday from…to… night place program
(2)(领读单词步学课文做准备)
T Read after me
3 (板书问题)
(1) What time do classes begin
(2) What does Hu Bin think of math
(3) After school what does he do
(4) Does he like his school life a lot
(学生听1a录音回答问题)
T Now listen to 1a and answer these questions on the blackboard
(学生回答问题教师核答案)
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a完成1b
1 (教师学生完成1a时 板书关键词 者课前关键词写黑板)
friendly interesting classes begin study favorite also difficult and boring after school
play basketball in the swimming pool draw pictures school library
(学生参黑板关键词复述1a)
2 (学生独完成1b教师核答案)
T Fill in the blanks in 1b according to 1a by yourselves And I will check the answers a few minutes later
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练活动2完成3
(学生读2中消息海报回答问题核答案进步解Hu Bin学校生活)
(1)T We have learnt about Hu Bin’s school life Next please read the news and posters about Hu Bin’s interesting school life Then answer the following questions
(板书)
(1)When does the soccer game begin
(2)Where can we see the stamps of the world
(3)What movies can we watch
T Now let’s check the answers Who wants to answer the first question
S4 I want …
…
(2)(学生读2中消息海报然完成面空格)
T Read the news and posters again and then fill in the blanks
(板书)
News Poster
Place
Time
Program a soccer game between
Class 1 and Class 2
Place
Day Every Saturday
Time 900 am—500 pm
Program
(3)(核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间13分钟)
通活动 增强学生实际运力 激发学生学兴趣
1 (假设种情境：星期六晚学校礼堂举行歌舞晚会请学生起制作海报)
2 (学生组单位谈设计理想学校生活写封信笔友Hu Bin介绍关学校生活完成3)
3 (玩单词游戏 复巩固单词词组)
(1)(事先准备足量统卡片 供活动中输家赢家转移财产时)
(2)(选名学生 五张卡片 五张然告诉说出词反义词)
T Now let’s play this game
Example
T Interesting What’s the opposite (反义词什？)
S1 Boring
(教师手中出张卡片递该学生 表明输掉张)
T Easy What’s the opposite
S1 Difficult
T …
(量说较容易词 便手中卡片输方期间赢两次然名学生说I have no cards now You can play with others)
(3)(活动说明：先发名学生五张卡片然宣布两组愿组合①义词反义词相互提问②单元词词组中英文互相提问③句子英汉互译 次胜者方索取张卡片五张卡片输掉者退出活动 胜者继续寻找活动伙伴)
(4)(统计学生拥卡片数量 谁卡片 教师全班学掌声鼓励)
4 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生单元单词类 准备节课单词竞赛)
(①星期星期日②学科目③话题形容词④话题名词⑤话题动词)
(2)(布置分钟话 桌两名学生编话 单元Section D 3a 3b中句型 备节课竞赛)
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 4 课重点活动124
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 Learn new words
February newspaper hard wish
3 Sum up the differences between the present continuous tense and the present simple tense and the useful expressions in this topic
4 Learn how to write a letter
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机音标卡片单词卡片图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复单词
(单词竞赛)
Example
(组抢答题 限定时间组说出单词 单词分果中组说完整 组补充 予加分教师优胜组予适表扬鼓励)
T The days of week Ready Go
G1 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
G2 …
G3 …
…
T Great I’ll give each group seven scores Subjects Go
G1 English Chinese math politics history geography music P E science …
G2 …
G3 …
…
T Excellent all of you are very good The adjectives of this topic
G1 Easy difficult interesting boring funny useful hard …
G2 …
G3 …
…
T List the verbs and nouns of Topic 3 please
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1完成2
1 (呈现含 音标卡片学生熟悉发音面操练做准备)
T Boys and girls please look at this card Can you read this word(举起clean单词卡片)
Ss Clean
T What about this one(举起eat单词卡片)
Ss Eat
…
(样方法呈现音标 运头脑风暴法求学生说出发音单词进行纳)
(板书)
clean eat leaf bread head pleasure
tree green feet ear tear hear
teacher worker computer monkey money honey
2 (放1录音学生读)
T OK please open your books on page 23 Let’s listen to the tape and follow it
(播放录音)
3 (总结字母组合ea ee ear er ey读音规出含述字母组合单词学生声读出)
(板书)
team heavy meet hear player donkey …
4 (学生快速读2划出新单词根语境猜测词义必时予学生帮助)
(呈现生词板书)
February newspaper hard wish
(熟读单词)
5 (听2录音完成2问题)
T Listen to the tape and answer the questions in 2
6 (核答案讲解列词组)
T Now let’s check the answers and learn the following phrases
(1)School Times(校园时报)
(2)Science Today(日科学)
(3)learn…from…(……中学……)
(4)thank sb for sthdoing sth(某事做某事感谢某)
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固2完成3b
1 (讲解英文书信格式英文信封写法)
T Let’s learn how to write a letter and how to write an envelope in English
(详见课文注释)
2 (参话题学句型准备2分钟话完成3b)
T Now boys and girls make a dialog with your partner
Example
T Hello how are you
S Fine thank you
T What day is it today
S It is Thursday
T What class are we having
S We are having an English class
T What time does the class begin
S At eight o’clock
T Which subject do you like best What’s your favorite subject Why
S I like English best My favorite subject is English Because it’s easy and interesting
T How many English lessons do you have every week
S Five
T How do you usually come to school
S I usually come to school by bike
T Do you have school newspaper
S Yes I do
T How do you like your school newspaper
S It’s interesting I like it very much It is my favorite I can learn a lot from it
T Thank you for answering my questions
S You’re welcome
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练现进行时般现时完成3a4
1 (挂两张图黑板学生图回答问题)
T Look at the pictures carefully Then answer the questions
(板书问题)
(1)What does Maria think of her school life
(2)What is she doing at 2000 in Picture 2
(3)What does she usually do at 2130 in Picture 3
(4)What is she doing in Picture 4
2 (通回答问题 学生复般现时现进行时 教师较纳两者间区完成3a)
3 (学生4中图片 面问题进行问答 巩固两种时态)
(1)What does Kangkang usually do…
(2)What is he doing…
4 (完成4)
T Complete the passage according to the pictures
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动培养学生综合运力激发学生运英语兴趣鼓励学生胆创新
1 (学生设计份学校生活容校报)
(1)(全班学生分组讨准备3分钟组单位设计份校报)
(2)(组根实际情况发挥)
(3)(检查设计校报张贴教室学园里鼓励学生胆创新精神)
2 (家庭作业)
(学生搭档谈天 现进行时般现时写少6句子)
Ⅳ疑点探究
dinnersupper
dinner意（中午晚吃）正餐餐supper意（通常指家吃）晚餐晚饭意义出dinner中午吃晚吃通常较正式较丰盛supper较简单英式英语中supper表示夜宵
话题 教学记反思：_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第4周 3月18日22日 完成Unit 6 Topic 1教学
Unit 6 Our Local Area
Topic 1 Is there a clock on your desk
Section A
Section A needs 1~2 periods Section A 需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a 2a and 3 课重点活动1a2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn the words of rooms in homes
bedroom kitchen dining room living room bathroom
(2)Learn other new words and phrases
garden second floor upstairs come in house grandfather door
2 (1)Learn some prepositions of position
in on next to in front of behind
(2)Learn the structure ofThere be
Oh there are so many books on the shelves
Is there a computer in your study Yes there is
Are there any books in the study Yes there are
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图单词卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复现进行时般现时引出1a中新词汇
(方案)
(老师黑板画幅简笔画学生图回答问题)
T Boys and girls What’s Nancy doing
Ss She is reading
T Where is she reading now do you know
Ss In the study
T Yes She is reading in the study
(We usually read in the study教师边说边黑板左方排写出read in the study教师继续问学生Then do you want to know where I sleepcookeatwatch TV…引导学生教师发问)
S1 Where do you sleep
T I sleep in the bedroom
…
(次引导出in the kitchen…分板书read in the study面)
(板书)
read in the study
sleep in the bedroom
cook in the kitchen
eat in the dining room
bath in the bathroom
watch TV in the living room
(方案二)
(名学生表演点动作 学睡觉洗澡餐煮饭电视等 学生逐猜动作点活动复Unit 5现进行时 时呈现出表示房间名词)
(板书)
living room dining room bathroom kitchen bedroom study
Example
T What’s heshe doing
S2 HeShe is watching TV
T And heshe is watching TV in the living room
T Then what’s heshe doing
S3 HeShe is studying
T You are right
T Where’s heshe studying
S4 HeShe is studying in the study
T Good
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间7分钟)
呈现1a
1 (呈现1a挂图指着图卧室发问指导学生回答)
T What do you do in the bedroom
Ss We sleep in it
(指着挂图书房继续做问答练)
T Where’s the study
Ss It’s next to the bedroom
T In the picture there is a study on the second floor And there are two bedrooms on the second floor
(板书新句型 进行适讲解)
—Where is your study
—It’s on the second floor next to my bedroom
—In the picture there is a study on the second floor And there are two bedrooms on the second floor
(学生根1a图练There be…句型疑问句形式)
T Is there a living room on the first floor
Ss Yes there is
T Are there two bedrooms on the first floor
Ss No there aren’t
(学生间进行话)
S1 …
S2 …
(板书)
garden upstairs come in
2 (课前设置听力务 板书)
(1) Where are the bedrooms
(2) Where’s the study
(3) Are there many books on the shelves
T Now let’s listen to 1a and find out the answers to these questions Are you ready
Ss Yes
T OK Let’s begin
(播放1a录音)
3 (核答案 板书关键词)
T Who can answer the first question
S1 They’re on the second floor
T Well done What about the second question
S2 It’s next to the bedroom
T Good Thank you The last question
S3 Yes there are
T Good job
(板书)
study—second floor—next to—bedroom—books—shelves
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间8分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Now please follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标记号 先读 然读 核语音语调)
T Erase the marks and read 1a by yourselves Then check your pronunciation and intonation according to the tape
3 (机话)
T Now listen to me carefully Suppose you are Jane Listen to the tape and make a dialog with Maria
4 (学生黑板关键词 请学生台表演 然完成1b)
T Now boys and girls please look at the key words and act out the dialog
G1 …
T Wonderful Any other groups
G2 …
(学生表演进行点评)
5 (检查核答案)
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练2a 完成2b
1 (1)(学生认真听2a录音独立完成2a 学关房间名词)
T Now listen to 2a and match them by yourselves
(播放录音)
(2)(呈现2a挂图 学生着教师已准备关房间单词卡片根录音容黑板前粘贴 句话说出位置)
T Boys and girls put up the cards of places on the right places and say a sentence
Example
There is a study on the second floor
There are two bedrooms on the second floor
The garden is in front of the house
…
(3)(核答案)
T Now let’s check the answers Listen to me carefully and correct them
Rooms on the first floor C D E G (from left to right)
Rooms on the second floor A A B (from left to right)
In front of the house F
2 (学生2a图 搭档话完成2b学生准备分钟 然找组表演话)
T Now let’s look at the picture in 2a and then finish 2b according to the example with your partner
(分钟 学生表演)
T Which group can act your dialog out
G We can
(表演话)
T Great Any more
…
3 (教师名学生先做示范 学生仿示范完成3)
T Please be quiet Listen to us carefully
Example
T Where’s your father
S1 He is in front of the house
T What’s he doing
S1 He’s cleaning the car
(学生搭档讨 完成话)
T Make conversations with your partner now
S2 …
S3 …
(板书领读生词)
grandfather door behind
(学生根话3中短语连句)
T Please make sentences according to the words and phrases in the boxes in 3
Example
Father is cleaning the car in front of the house
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 增强学生综合运力
1 (呈现学生张表格 介绍教室)
There is
a teacher
a clock
a blackboard
…
There are
students
books
desks
…
T Introduce our classroom according to the form and then report to the class
Example
(陈述形式)
There is a teacher in our classroom
There are some students in our classroom
(问答形式)
S1 Is there a teacher in our classroom
S2 Yes there is
S1 Are there any students in our classroom
S2 Yes there are
S1 Is there a cat…
S2 No there isn’t
…
2 (完成4)
(1)(学生画张家图片 英文标出画房间物品名称)
T Draw a picture of your own house and mark the names of rooms and home items
(2)(运演讲形式 学生介绍喜欢房间房间里什)
T Make a report to introduce your favorite room and what is in it
Example
My favorite room is my study It’s behind the garden I can do my homework there There’s a computer in it There’s also a TV in it I often watch TV in my study…
(3)(学生四组做关What’s your favorite room调查报告 然全班分组调查 机抽学生家汇报)
Example
××’s favorite room is hisher study HeShe can study in hisher study…
(4)(找找)
(出示张房间图片 学生找物品位置 引出What’s in that room课作铺垫)
T Boys and girls What’s in that room
Ss There is a bed a light …
T Where is the desk
Ss It’s near the window
T Very good Let’s begin
…
3 (家庭作业)
(学生画幅理想中房子英语进行简单描述少6句子)
T Draw a picture of your ideal house Then write a short passage about it (At least six sentences)
Ⅳ疑点探究
play with意玩耍游戏玩乐指童活动：
The child is playing with a ball 孩子正玩球
play意玩踢等意思时常指正式球类运动演奏活动：
They are playing basketball on the playground 正操场篮球
Section B
Section B needs 1~2 periods Section B需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a and 3 课重点活动1a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn the names of home items
lamp clock table key window
(2)Learn other new words and phrases
talk about near under put away thing dad model river
2 Go on learning the structure ofThere be and the prepositions of position
What’s on your desk There is a lamp a computer some books and so on
How much water is there Only a little
How many boats are there on the river There are two
3 Learn to look after one’s own things
Put it away please
You must look after your things
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图实物
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间6分钟)
复There be句型 导入1a
1 (黑板呈现张漂亮两层楼挂图 书房卧室厨房餐厅客厅卫生间花园复There be句型)
(图走 求学生着记忆 描述张图 采竞赛形式 组竞赛 单位竞赛 教师予奖励 激发学生学热情)
(竞赛规参赛者规定两分钟描述张图 说句 分 谁分 谁获胜)
T Look at the picture for one minute Then I’ll take it away You need to say as many sentences as possible about it in two minutes
Example
There’s a study on the second floor
There’s a garden in front of the house
There are some flowers in the garden
The living room is next to the dining room
…
2 (利1a挂图 引导学生复There be句型 引入新单词新句型)
T Now let’s look at the picture What can you see in it
S1 I can see a sofa
T Oh I see It’s near the desk
S2 I can see a family photo
T Can you see a clock on the wall It’s near the photo
…
T What’s on the desk
Ss There is a lamp a computer some books and so on
T We can also say There are some books a lamp a computer and so on Is there a clock on
it
Ss No there isn’t
(学生通观察发现规律)
(板书)
(1) What’s on your desk
There is a lamp a computer some books and so on
(2) Is there a clock on it
Yes there is No there isn’t
(3) It’s near the desk
Explain the phrase talk about
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间6分钟)
呈现1a
1 (学生听1a录音 回答面问题)
T Listen to 1a and answer the questions
(板书)
(1) Where’s the sofa
(2) What’s on the desk
(3) Where is the clock
(核答案)
2 (学生听1a注意语音语调)
T Please listen to the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
3 (学生根语音语调分角色朗读1a)
T Please work in pairs and read the dialog in roles
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间8分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (学生合书 1a挂图 描述Jane书房 巩固There be句型)
T Please close your books and look at the picture in 1a Then describe Jane’s study OK
2 (根1a 两组谈书房卧室…… 完成1b学生理解under)
T Now I’ll give you some minutes to talk about your studybedroom … Then act out your
dialogs in pairs
Example
S1 What’s in your study
S2 There isare …
S1 Is there aan …
S2 Yes there isNo there isn’t
3 (学生根1a学试着句话描述书房卧室……)
T According to la try to use some sentences to describe your study bedroom …
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
通练 完成2 3 4
1 (1)(学生2图 听录音 完成2学生掌握生词table key put away dadthing)
T Look at the pictures in 2 and listen to the tape and finish 2
(2)(听完录音 核答案)
T Who can tell us your answers
S1 on There are keys
S2 behind There’s away
T That’s right
(3)学列句子(理解)
a I think they’re Judy’s
b Don’t put them there Put them away please
c You must look after your things
2 (课前准备实物 学生There be句型回答)
(方案)
(教师书包中取出香蕉藏身导出新句型)
T Are there any bananas in my bag
Ss No there aren’t They are behind you
T How many bananas are there
Ss There are two
T Well done
(出示装少水瓶子导出新句型)
T Now please look at my hand What’s in it
Ss There is a bottle in it
T Is there any water in the bottle
Ss Yes there is
T How much water is there
Ss Only a little
(板书)
How many+数名词复数形式+are there …
There are…
How much+数名词+is there …
There is…
(方案二)
(教师出示三香蕉)
T Now please look here What’s in my hand
Ss There are three bananas
(香蕉装入书包中)
①T Are there any bananas in my bag
Ss Yes there are
T How many bananas are there(句子面画线示注意)
Ss There are three
T Well done boys and girls
(oranges books等数名词进行pair workchain drills操练学生纳
How many+数名词复数形式+are there… )
②(教师边说Oh we’ve talked so long I think you must want to drink a little water边装点水杯子递学生示意作答)
T Is there any water in your cup
S Yes there is
T How much water is there(句子面画线)
S Only a little
T Excellent(身体语言竖起拇指)
(milk tea等数名词进行pair workchain drills操练学生纳
How much+数名词+is there… )
(板书形式)
①中话
How many+ + there …
②中话
How much+ + there …
3 (学生3图片 完成3学生掌握生词windowmodel)
T Let’s go to 3 There are eight pictures in it First read the dialogs below Picture 1 and 2 by yourselves for one minute
(分钟)
T Now let’s look at Picture 1 and 2 Make new dialogs according to Picture 1 and 2
(两分钟 挑选两组表演)
T I’ll choose two pairs to act them out
G1 A What’s near the window
B There is a guitar near it
G2 A Are there any books on the shelf
B Yes there are
(学生模仿34 完成话)
T Read the dialogs below Picture 3 and 4 and make similar dialogs
G3 A What’s in the tree
B There’re some birds in it
A How many birds are there
B There are three
G4 A Is there any milk in the glass
B Yes there is
A How much milk is there
B Only a little
4 (4图片 两组编话学生掌握生词river)
T Please look at the picture in 4 then work in pairs and make new dialogs like this
Dialog 1 S3 What’s in the picture
S4 There are some dogs in it
Dialog 2 S5 Are there any monkeys in the tree
S6 Yes there are
S5 How many monkeys are there
S 6 There are three
(求学生样方法编话 完成4)
T Pay attention to the differences between in the rivertree and on the rivertree
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动培养学生实际操作力
1 (找找课前实物 铅笔尺子书包刀等放教室位置 学生找物品说明某什)
Example
S1 Where is the pencilbox
S2 It’s on the desk
S1 What’s under the desk
S2 There is a pencil a ruler a knife and two pens
S1 …
S2 …
(开展话活动时 求学生特注意in on next to in front of behind等介词 重点练What’s oninnext to…？There isare…)
2 (方案 学生两组图文形式介绍家里某房间物品摆放中名学生画图 名学生配文字说明 站讲台前学生描述)
Example
My Study
There’s a family photo on the wall of my study A clock is next to it There is a desk and a chair in the study What’s on the desk There are some books and a computer There’s a football under the chair Behind the desk there’s a cat Do you like the study
(活动结束 学生选出佳搭档 教师予鼓励表扬)
(方案二 两组活动 中名学生文字描述某房间 外名学生画图 图展示出 学生选出佳搭档 教师予鼓励表扬)
3 (家庭作业)
(学生根4中图片写篇短文少60字)
T Write a short passage according to the picture in 4 (at least 60 words)
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
I Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
in the center of yard beautiful flower large left people mirror drawer chair keyboard
2 Go on learning the prepositions of position and the structure of There be
(1)Talk about positions
Our bathroom is on the right of the yard
Where are the shoes They’re under the bed
Where is the computer It’s on the desk
(2)Talk about existence
There is a small garden in the center of the yard
There are many beautiful flowers in the garden But there aren’t any trees
At the back of the yard there is a nice house
Near the house there is an apple tree
On the left of the yard there is a kitchen and a dining room
Are there many beautiful flowers in the garden
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图图片简笔画
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复There be句型 引出1a
1 (检查点评节课布置家庭作业)
2 (全班分成4组利1a图片组组间进行问答赛)
(竞赛规：全班分成4组组回答问题 提出新问题外组学生回答问题重复第问题教师问第组回答)
T What’s in the picture
G1 There’s a nice house Where’s the garden
G2 It’s in front of the house Is there a big tree
G3 Yes there is Where is it
G4 It’s near the house
…
(总结赛结果进行鼓励表扬)
(教师引导学生图利已学知识引出1a新词汇)
T You’re great Now let’s talk about the picture together Look There is a nice house a garden a tree a car and two small houses in the yard The garden is in the center of the yard Can you see many beautiful flowers Where are they
Ss Yes In the garden
T Can you find the kitchen S1
S1 Yes It’s beside the house
T You’re right We can also say It’s on the left of the yard Then who can tell where the bathroom is
S2 I can It’s on the right of the yard
T Is the bathroom small or large boys and girls
Ss It’s small
(板书)
Yard in the center of beautiful flower left large
(学生朗读必时教师帮助)
T Now please read aloud the new words on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间8分钟)
呈现1a
1 (呈现听力务听1a录音判断句子正误)
T Listen to 1a carefully and mark True (T) or False (F)
( ) (1) The house is in the center of the yard
( ) (2) There are some trees in the garden
( ) (3) There is a large living room in the house
( ) (4) Their bathroom is on the left of the yard
( ) (5) There are some birds singing in the tree
(放遍录音边听边核答案注意语音语调)
2 (学生朗读1a 次画出介绍院中建筑物位置关键词 然核)
T Read 1a and then underline the key words that introduce the positions of the buildings in the yard Then check the answers
T Can we share your answers S3
S3 Certainly …
T Good
…
(然核)
T The answers are center back left right
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间7分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (学生仔细阅读1a 完成1b 然教师核答案求学生掌握生词people)
T Now please read 1a carefully Finish 1b and then I will check the answers
2 (全班分成四组 学生1a中关键词句找出列纸组选出名成员点复述短文)
T The class will be divided into four groups List some key words and sentences on your paper and retell the passage according to the key words I’ll choose one student in each group to retell it
Example
This is my home There is a small garden in the center of the yard And in the garden there are many beautiful flowers…
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练方位介词 完成2 3
1 (教师已准备图片贴黑板 ：树椅子…… 找学生图片画出东西运已学方位介词There be句型造句)
Example
There is a red car in front of the classroom
2 (出示图片简笔画教学新单词drawer chair keyboard pencilbox mirror介词in on under behind in front of进行操练)
(出示抽屉椅子键盘铅笔盒镜子简笔画)
T Look at the picturethe stick figure and learn the new word drawer
(简笔画中添支笔 操练介词inunder)
Example
T What’s in the drawer
Ss There is a pen in it
T What’re under the drawer
Ss There are some pens under it
(样方法 完成介词操练)
(板书)
drawer chair keyboard pencilbox mirror
3 (学生独立完成2 教师核答案)
T Finish 2 by yourselves and then we will check the answers together
(核完答案 学生两组练话)
T OK Practice the dialogs in pairs After a while I’ll ask three pairs to read the dialogs
4 (1)(两组找出3中两幅图片处制作份处清单)
T Work in pairs to find out the differences between the two pictures in 3 And then make a list of differences
(2)(学生两组根3中AB图片分角色编话根话容图片完成填空)
T Now work in pairs and make new dialogs according to Picture A and B in 3 And fill in the blanks
Example
S1 What color is the bag in Picture A
S2 It’s green
S1 What about the bag in Picture B
S2 It’s yellow What’s on the desk in Picture A
S1 There is a computer and a keyboard
S2 What’s on the desk in Picture B
S1 There are some pencils some books and a lamp
S2 Are there any shelves in Picture A
S1 Yes there are What’s on the shelves
S2 There are some books and a model plane
(核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 培养学生创新力
1 (结活动中名学生名学生描述卧室书房客厅……里物体 求外名学生房间里物体放合适方 房间更加方漂亮 图描绘出两起文字表达出组设计卧室书房客厅……佳 予鼓励)
Example
S1 There is a desk a chair a bookcase a computer a soccer a TV a lamp a kite a guitar a vase a map of China a family photo a clock some flowers some pictures and some books in the study
S2 OK I can draw them well
…
2 (家庭作业)
(学生两张卧室挂图求学生写篇关两卧室处短文)
Ⅳ疑点探究
英语中介词运灵活 根具体位置选应介词 根汉语直译选择
onin the wall
There is a window in the wall 墙扇窗户
There is a picture on the wall 墙幅画
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 and 5 课重点活动15
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 (1)Review the prepositions of position
(2)Review the structure ofThere be
3 Review home items
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机图片单词卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间6分钟)
复单词
1 (方案：听写单词话题单词词性类然进行听写活动旨加强学生单词记忆运话题写作练奠定基础)
①(名词名词短语)：floor bedroom kitchen garden bathroom grandfather house door lamp clock table key thing dad window model river center yard flower people mirror drawer chair keyboard pencilbox living room dining room
②(介词介词短语)：behind near under next to in front of in the center of on the left at the back of
③(数词副词形容词)：second upstairs away beautiful large left
④(动词短语)：come in talk about put away
(方案二：单词竞赛单元单词词组功分类制成单词卡片教师出中文意思学生说英文求名学生必答两单词词分然进行全班抢答)
T Now let’s have a word competition I’ll give you Chinese meaning Please say them in English Each word you’ll get one point Are you ready OK Go
…
T Well done This time let’s have a quick answer If you know you can stand up and answer quickly Yeah begin
(必答单词：second floor bedroom upstairs kitchen garden grandfather front house behind door near lamp clock under table key away thing dad window model river center yard beautiful flower large left bathroom people drawer chair keyboard)
(抢答词组：next to come in dining room living room in front of talk about put away in the center of on the left at the back of)
(通单词词组必答抢答 进步巩固单元词汇 培养竞争意识 调动学积极性)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1
1 (呈现含发音单词卡片 学生熟悉发音 面操练做准备)
T How do you read this word (呈现bird单词卡片)
Ss Bird
T What about this one (呈现girl单词卡片)
Ss Girl
(板书girl bird shirt画线ir帮助学生找规律)
girl bird shirt
2 (样步骤教学 )
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1
1 (学生听1录音声读)
T Listen to the tape and then read after it
(听1录音 学生听完三单词 快速说出汉语意思)
T Listen to the tape again and say the Chinese meaning quickly after every three words
2 (学生纳含 读音单词)
T Let’s sum up the words that have the pronunciations
For example
first thirty thirteen …
know boat coat …
right night light …
horse short sport …
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间17分钟)
通练完成2 4a4b
1 (1)(学生根听2录音 完成2)
T Listen to 2 and draw a picture according to what you will hear
(学生先写关键词 录音停止画)
(2)(核完答案 选出佳图画 张贴教室里接着求学生图写出刚听句子 巩固学介词There be句型)
T Please write the sentences that you heard just now according to the picture
2 (1)(学生纳整理话题重点加深印象巩固记忆四组进行学名学生负责纳整理Section重点句型词组四名学生总结结果汇总起全班学生汇报全班学享Topic 1重点句型词组课4a4b)
(2)(告诉学生合书完成列题目目巩固加强单元重点4a4b然核答案)
T Please close your books and finish the questions below
A：适介词介词短语副词填空
①There is a computer her study
②—Where is your study
—It’s the second floor my bedroom
③—Are there any shoes the bed
—Yes there are
④—What’s the house
—There’s a car
⑤There is a small garden the center the yard
⑥You must look your things and put them
参考答案：①in ②on next tonear ③under ④in front ofbehind ⑤in of ⑥after away
B：根括号求完成句子
①There is a computer in picture B(变成否定句)
②There are three bedrooms a large living room on the second floor(变成般疑问句)
③Are there any boats on the river(做出肯定回答否定回答)
④There are three model planes on the desk(画线处提问)
⑤There is only a little water in the bottle(④)
参考答案：
①There isn’t a computer in picture B
②Are there three bedrooms a large living room on the second floor
③Yes there are No there aren’t
④How many model planes are there on the desk
⑤How much water is there in the bottle
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间12分钟)
通活动 培养学生实际运力
1 (结活动张图案鲜明图片S1 S1图中容S1图面学生 S1问问题 学生回答S1根学生描述黑板画出幅图学生S1分活动够活跃课堂气氛 激发学生学兴趣)
Example
S1 What can you see in the picture
S2 There is a horse in the picture
S1 What else
S3 There is a man on the horse
S1 Is the horse running or walking
S4 The horse is running
S1 What else can you see
S5 The sky is blue and there are many trees in the picture
…
(增加教学弹性 换图做两次)
2 (完成5学生四组 做调查 伴房间里什东西 先作汇报接着选学 房间里东西放合适方 图体现出谁设计效果 张贴教室里 予表扬)
(1)T Work in groups of four Make a survey about the things in your classmates’ rooms
Name
Thing and position
…
…
…
…
T Report to your group using the sentences like this
There is…
There isn’t…
There are…
There aren’t…
It’s oninbehindin front of…
They’re oninbehindin front of…
(2)T Then draw a room The student who draws the things in the best place is the winner
3 (家庭作业)
(学生朋友写封信介绍家房间分类房子周围环境少70字完成3)
T Write a letter to your friend Describe rooms in your house and the things around them Finish 3 (at least 70 words)
参考范文：
Dear Mary
I’m very glad to get a letter from you From your letter I know your home is beautiful I want to tell you something about my home too
My house is very big There are two bedrooms and a small study There is a computer in my study I love playing games and studying on the computer Next to the computer there is a shelf On the shelf there are some books
There are many trees around my house In front of my house there is a beautiful garden There are many beautiful flowers in it
I like my home very much
Yours
Li Hua
话题教学记反思
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第5周 3月2529日 完成 TOPIC 2教学
Topic 2 What kind of home do you live in
Section A
Section A needs 1 period Section A需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words
country month Mrs furniture quiet
2 Talk about the types of buildings
townhouse farmhouse apartment …
3 Learn to read and write the ads for house renting
(1) Small apartment for students 850 a month
(2) House with three bedrooms Call Mrs Tong in the evening
(3) House with furniture for a family of three
(4) Looking for a quiet double room under300 per month
4 Learn to find out the language rules and give more examples
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机房屋图片幻灯片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复There be句型 引入1a
1 (方案)
(教室里情况复There be句型)
T Boys and girls please make sentences withThere bestructure
(支钢笔放讲台)
S1 There is a pen on the teacher’s desk
(出示尺子 放手)
S2 There are many rulers in your hand
S3 …
T Good You are great
(方案二)
(教学生唱面歌 活跃气氛 复There be句型 然导入课)
T Let’s chant
(幻灯片展示)
There are books on the tables
There are children on the chairs
There are pencils in our hands
And there’s a teacher over there
There are words on the blackboard
There are pictures on the walls
But the cute animal in my pocket is the best thing of all
2 (教师ABC三幅图 呈现学生引导学生学1a新词汇
句型)
T Now let’s look at the pictures Which one does your home look like S4
S4 A looks like my house
T This is an apartment building Boys and girls what kind of home does S4
live in
A
Ss An apartment building
(样方法呈现学BC两幅图 引入1a)
(板书 英汉)
apartment building 公寓楼
townhouse市镇住宅
B
farmhouse 农舍
What kind of home do you live in家什样？
It’s an apartment building座公寓楼
3 (话形式练种房子类型)
T Which house do you like best
S5 I like townhouses best
C
S6 I like apartment buildings best
S7 I like farmhouses best
T Good job I know some of you like townhouses some of you like farmhouses but Kangkang likes apartment buildings best Do you know what kind of home Wang Wei likes
(通问题形式 然渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1a
1 (设置板书听力务 学生带着务听录音)
(1)What kind of home does Kangkang live in
(2)What kind of home does Wang Wei live in
(3)What kind of home do Wang Wei’s grandparents live in
2 (学生听1a录音 回答问题然师生起核答案)
T Listen to the tape and answer the questions Then we will check the answers together
3 (关键词写黑板 呈现1a 步学生书话基础)
kind of home——an apartment——a townhouse——
grandparents——live in a big farmhouse——in the country——
Michael——looking for——near——let’s help
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a 完成1b
1 (1)(放1a录音 学生听 注意语音语调)
T Now let’s listen to the tape again Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
(2)(学生模仿录音两组互换角色朗读话)
T Pair work Read 1a aloud in different roles imitating the tape
(3)(老师引领学生根黑板关键词复述1a)
T Retell 1a after me according to the key words on the blackboard
(4)(学生两组黑板关键词表演话)
T Work in pairs Act 1a out according to the key words on the blackboard
2 (学生完成1b相互核答案)
T Finish 1b by yourselves and then check the answers with each other
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
呈现2a 完成2b 2c
1 (呈现出求租广告)
T Here’s an ad
WANTED
House with furniture for a family of three
Please call Mr Li at 88384558
T The ad shows Mr Li wants to rent a house from others If Mr Brown has a house for a family of three what phone number can he call at
Ss He can call Mr Li at 88384558
T Yes Mr Brown has a house for rent And he can also write an ad Let us help him
(板书求学生理解rent)
FOR RENT
House with furniture for a family of three
Please call Mr Brown at 86364328
T The ad shows Mr Brown wants to rent his house to others
2 (呈现2a 完成2b)
(1)(黑板画出表格学生听录音填表格)
T Listen to the tape and complete the table
Name
What kind of house
Tel
FOR RENT
Ms Zhang
small apartment for students
Mrs Tong
66285669
WANTED
house with furniture
88384558
Bob
13973824946
(2)(学生听2a录音核答案)
T Now listen to the tape again and then check the answers
(学生听录音时教师板书2a中出现生词听完录音教读生词)
month Mrs furniture quiet per
(3)(学生阅读2a完成2b)
T OK Next I want you to read 2a and finish 2b I will check your answers in 3 minutes
3 (学生完成2c假设林林家房子出租屋家具齐全电话号码88576391琳达家租套带三卧室房子电话号码66319245请学生帮助设计两广告全班学生分成两组 组写求租广告 组写出租广告 组完成快)
T Suppose Linlin wants to rent a house with furniture to others His telephone number is 88576391 Linda wants a house with three bedrooms Her telephone number is 66319245 Please help them write two ads I will divide the class into two groups one group writes the ad for being wanted and the other group writes the ad for rent Then let’s see which group does better
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动提高学生总结纳应力
1 (黑板写出1a2a中出现三短语学生学会已掌握知识中总结纳语言规加运)
(板书)
a townhouse with two floors
house with three bedrooms
house with furniture
(学生发现结构规律量写出类似短语谁写)
T Look at the three phrases from 1a and 2a Think them over and find out the rules of their structures Then write out the similar phrases as many as you can Let’s see who does the best
For example
a house with a large garden
an apartment with twenty floors
a girl with big eyes
a boy with long hair
…
2 (全班分成四组做调查 三分钟请名学生全班汇报完成1c)
T Now let’s survey about different types of homes in your group And report it to your class three minutes later
Example
S1 What kind of home do you live in
S2 It’s an apartment
Home
Number
Home
Number
apartment
townhouse
farmhouse
dormitory
(三分钟 名学生汇报)
T Stop here please I’ll ask one student of each group to tell us the result You may do it like this
In our group three students live in apartment buildings and two students live in
3 (假设张先生家三口外北京做生意 想求租家具房子 请学生写广告 张先生电话号码88392357)
T Help Mr Zhang write an ad to rent a house with furniture for a family of three please And
his telephone number is 88392357
4 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生写租房广告求租广告)
T Write an ad for rent and an ad for being wanted
(2)(学生课预Section B)
T Preview Section B
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B 需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn the names of public places and facilities
store bank street post office bookstore museum parking lot supermarket station restaurant reading room road
(2)Learn other new words and phrases
neighbor corner mail hear piano loud really at the end of …
2 (1)Go on learning the structure ofThere be
There is one in front of our building
There are no houses on the right
(2)Go on learning the prepositions of position
There is one on the street corner
Mr Smart lives at the end of Elm Road
Mr Jackson lives between Mr Smart and Mr Lee
3 Talk about the facilities and living environments in the community
4 Talk about the relationships between neighbors and learn to understand others’ feelings and respect each other
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机张区示意图
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间6分钟)
复There be句型 呈现1b
1 (接龙游戏全班分成组 There be句型说出教室里物品位置关系 组组间
进行提问赛)
T What’s in the classroom
G1 There are four windows in the wall What’s on the wall
G2 There is a clock and some pictures on the wall What’s on the desk
G3 …
2 (学生展示张生活区周边示意图 1b中单词词组介绍区附设施名称)
T Look at the map Here is a bank We can keep money in the bank Can you guess the
meaning of the word bank
Ss 银行
T Yes you’re right Where can we buy things Of course we can buy things in the store or supermarket So what’s the meaning of store or supermarket
Ss 商店
…
(板书学生读板书单词短语)
bank store museum bookstore parking lot post office supermarket hospital train station
(根示意图学生提问 复There be句型物体位置表达法)
T Look at the map again Is there a bank in the area
Ss Yes there is
T Is there a zoo
Ss No there isn’t
T Where is the museum
Ss It’s next to the bookstore
…
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间6分钟)
呈现1a
1 (告诉学生迈克尔新搬进区 知道区里商店银行里学生听1a录音 判断正误)
T Michael is new in this community He doesn’t know where the store and bank are Now let’s listen to 1a and mark True (T) or False (F)
(板书需判断正误句子)
( )(1) There is a store near here
( )(2) There is a bank in front of the building
( )(3) Michael and Mary are good friends
(播放1a录音 然核答案)
T Who can share your answers with us
S1 I can Number 1 is T Number 2 is F Number 3 is F
2 (学生听1a录音 找出关键词)
T Please listen to the tape again and circle the key words
(教师总结板书)
new neighbor——look for——store——in front of——bank——corner
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a
1 (学生录音机朗读1a 注意语音语调)
T Please read 1a after the tape Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
2 (学生黑板关键词 两组表演话)
T Look at the key words on the blackboard and act out the dialog in pairs
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间20分钟)
练1b 1c3 呈现2a完成2b
1 (1)(学生完成1b 区设施名称功配)
T We know there are many facilities in one area and we can do different things in different places Now look at the pictures in 1b Match the pictures with the things we can do
(2)(区公设施功做问答练板书应设施功核答案)
T What can we do in a post office
S1 Mail letters
T Where can we keep money
S2 Bank
(3)(1b 拓展区设施功)
(板书)
restaurant eat meals
hotel sleep
hairdresser’s get a haircut
shoe shop buy shoes
clothing store buy clothes
2 (1)(学生完成1c)
①T Suppose you are in an area Let’s listen to the tape and check the places in your area
(核A答案)
T What’s in your area
Ss Bookstore parking lot bank restaurant post office and hospital
②(学生听录音注意公设施间位置关系)
T Listen to the tape again and pay more attention to the location relations among the public facilities
(核B答案然学生根答案语言表达出公设施间位置关系)
T Check the answers And then express their location relations in your own words
(2)(求学生讲述生活区中邻居位置关系然完成3教师核答案掌握生词at the end ofroad)
T Please tell us where the neighbors live in your area Then finish 3 and we will check the answers
3 (1)(呈现2a图 利图通师生互动导出heardoing学生学会英语交流中注意理解情感学会相互尊重)
T Look at the picture Who is that girl
Ss She is Mary
T What is she doing
Ss She is playing the piano at home
T Right She is playing the piano when Michael is working in his home He can hear the music and can’t work So he comes to Mary’s home What’s his first sentence Do you know
(学生发挥想象尝试环境语言表达教师评价引导出答案)
T He says I hear you playing the piano The music is very beautiful but I’m afraid it’s too loud
(板书讲解hear…doing引导学生领悟… but I’m afraid …句式表达包含情感态度)
hear … doing
T What does Mary answer
Ss I’m really sorry about that
(讲解生词理解matter掌握piano loud really)
(2)(学生听2a录音 读话)
T Please listen to the tape and repeat it
4 (学生两组表演2a)
T Now work in pairs to act out the dialog
5 (完成2b两组2b中情景求编话然抽组表演通项练 培养学生综合运语言做事力理解生词loudlyreading room)
T Practice in pairs After three minutes I’ll ask some pairs to act it out
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间8分钟)
通练 培养学生综合运力
1 (猜)
(学生分组描述代表性区公场 组学生猜什方 组少信息猜)
Example
T This is a place where we can keep money Can you guess it
Ss Yes it’s a bank
T Very good Let’s begin
G1 …
G2 …
2 (学生做调查调查否喜欢邻居邻居样完成调查表)
T Do you like your neighbors What do you think of your neighbors Please make a survey and complete the table
Neighbor
Quiet
Noisy
Polite
Friendly
A
B
(学生根调查表 介绍邻居 进行简单评价)
T Please tell us something about your neighbors
S3 I have two neighbors One is a teacher and the other is a driver The teacher is very helpful and he often helps me with my lessons He works very hard and he gets up very early and comes home very late But he never makes too much noise The driver is …
3 (家庭作业)
(学生画张居住区图 介绍设施设施位置)
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C 需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2a 课重点活动1a2a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
child a lot of close to far from service area stop fan line bad someone check right now
2 Go on learning the structure ofThere be
There are many old people living here
There are a lot of tall buildings and small gardens in our community
Is there a community service center in your area
3 Talk about living environments
4 Learn to make telephone calls for help
Hello this is Linda speaking
Sorry I can’t hear you The line is bad
There is something wrong with my kitchen fan
I’ll get someone to check it right now
5 Cultivate the students’ responsibility and service consciousness
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机单词卡片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
放录音 引入1a
1 (放3录音 全班学生学唱 活跃课堂气氛)
T Please sing the song Home on the Range after the tape together
2 (检查家庭作业复区公设施名称)
T Let’s check the homework and review the names of Public places and facilities
3 (1) (单词竞赛必答抢答形式呈现 必答两排学生 名学生两单词 单词
Section AB单词表中黑体部分抢答单词课出现单词词组 谁知道谁站起 教师单词卡片呈现汉语 学生说英语1单词1分 然学生知道单词进行教读 单词词组板书通竞赛 学生积极参 动学)
T Now let’s have a word competition First the required answers There are two words for each student I’ll give you the Chinese meanings You say them in English Do you understand Row 3 please
(板书)
station restaurant mail supermarket museum street bank neighbor country
month corner furniture quiet store road hear piano end really loud Mrs
(2) (呈现抢答单词词组 求学生抢答)
T Good Go on with our quick responses If you know you can stand up quickly and answer Are you ready Go
(板书)
right now someone check area close to child far from service stop fan line bad
(3) (学生答错单词集中起 全班齐读)
T Well done Let’s read together
4 (1)(安排名学生站教室面 教师利种情景 1a部分中关键词句型呈现出 学生学1a扫清部分障碍)
T Oh look There are a lot of students standing there Where are they They are close to the back door They are at the end of the classroom They are far from here
(板书画线部分关键词齐读学生熟悉)
There are a lot of students standing there Where are they
close to far from
community service center
area
(2)(师生问答练梳理1a情境)
T Listen and answer my questions Do you live in a community
S1 Yes I do
T How is your community
S1 It’s quiet
T Is there a service center in your community
S1 Yes there is
T Can you get help from service center in your community
S1 Yes I can
…
T Wow your community is great Now I want to know how Linda’s community is
(引出1a)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间6分钟)
(呈现1a)
1 (呈现1a图片 学生快速浏览1a中问题 带着务快速阅读)
T Linda lives in Yushancun What’s Yushancun like Let’s read the passage quickly and find out the answers to the questions in 1a
2 (核答案)
T Answer the questions and then check the answers
(板书)
(1) It’s quiet
(2) Yes there are
(3) It’s in an apartment building
(4) No it isn’t
3 (求学生次阅读找关键词 呈现黑板 步做准备)
quiet a lot of apartment many close to near far from center
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a
1 (求学生黑板关键词听1a录音 加深印象)
T Listen to the tape Close your books and look at the key words on the blackboard
2 (求学生利课文1a图片问题关键词复述短文)
T OK who can retell the text You can use the picture the questions or the key words
3 (学生组讨1b中问题完成1b)
T What’s your home like Please discuss the questions in 1b with your group members
(检查讨结果)
T Who wants to tell us something about your area
S1 I live in Baibuting Garden My home is in an apartment building There are a lot of tall buildings and small gardens in our community There are many people living in our community The bus stop is near my home The shops are also close to my house Oh there is a community service center in my area I like living here very much…
4 (设计理想区蓝图求学生量There be … doing sth句子结构展示作品教师予评价)
T Are you satisfied with your community What is your ideal community Please ask your partner some questions about hisher ideal community and write a passage about your ideal community using more There be… doing sth At the same time you may draw a community plan Please don’t look at each other’s
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间12分钟)
呈现2a完成2a2b
1 (呈现2a)
(1)(学生听2a录音 完成2a)
T As we all know in many areas there is a community service center If we have problems we can call it for help Now Linda is calling the community service center Let’s listen to the tape and find out what’s the matter with her
(学生听完录音 回答问题)
T OK stop here What’s the matter with Linda
Ss There is something wrong with her kitchen fan It doesn’t work
T How does Linda deal with it
Ss She calls the community service center for help
(2)(设置情景学生应新语言知识)
T Who has model cars or planes
S2 I have
T Does it work well
S2 No it doesn’t
T You should get someone to check it(边说边板书get sb to do sth)
S2 OK
T Now Work in pairs to make similar dialogs
(3)(提供关键词 学生两组练话)
(板书)
live——matter——fan——can’t hear——wrong——check——right now
T Please practice the conversation according to the key words with your partner
2 (完成2b 学生两组编话)
T So we know if we have problems we can do as Linda calling the community service center Now suppose there is something wrong with your TVcomputer… and you want to get help from a community service center Please make a dialog about it with your partner according to 2a
(组学生表演朗读编话)
T Who wants to act out or read your dialog
S3 Our group
T OK very good You can begin
S3 Hello the First City Community Service Center What can I do for you
S4 Hello this is Sally speaking I live in
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动培养学生解决实际问题力
1 (学生全班学生做调查 果家里生活品坏 解决 然汇报)
T Of course when we have problems we can call the community service center Also there are many other ways to solve the problems For example The old bike doesn’t work and it’s not worth mending so we can buy a new one Now make a survey about the ways you can use when something is broken Complete the table and then report to the class
Name
Something wrong
Way
get help from the community service center
do it by oneself
throw away
ask sb for help
(选择名学生汇报调查方法)
T Who wants to tell us the result of your survey
S1 I want
T OK very good You can begin
S1 Linda’s kitchen fan doesn’t work so she gets help from the community service center Sally’s bike doesn’t work and she repairs it by herself
2 (先介绍社区然假设新社区负责说说会开设什新服务什？培养学生责感服务意识)
T Please introduce your community at first Then imagine you were the new manager and tell us what more services you will provide Why
3 (家庭作业)
(学生调查区社区服务中心够提供帮助样获帮助等)
T Please survey your community service center What can they do for you How do you get help from them
Ⅳ疑点探究
电话语
电话语中this表示 that表示：Who’s that This is Michael现代电话语中 常this指方 表示亲切：Who’s this 谁？
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 2a and 5 课重点活动1 2a5
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 Learn some new words
move countryside city traffic cost miss fresh town
3 Review the structure ofThere be
4 Review how to talk about living environments
5 Let the students learn how to deal with things in study and daily life
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机黑板图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间6分钟)
通复 引入2a
1 (出示两张图片)
A B
(学生there be…结构描述图片)
T Please describe the two pictures using the structure there be…
(师生图话复重句型引出2a中生词呈现黑板)
T Now let’s talk about the pictures What’s the differences between the two pictures in the sky
Ss There are no birds in Picture A but there are many in Picture B
T What are the birds doing in the sky
Ss They are flyingsinging
T You’re right We can say There are many birds flyingsinging in the sky in Picture B It’s clear that Picture A shows something about cities and Picture B is about countryside Who can tell us something more about cities
S1 There are many people and tall buildings
T Good Anything else
S2 There are many buses and cars on the road
T Yes So we can say The traffic is heavy Are the cities quiet
Ss No
T Right They aren’t quiet They are noisy And the cost of living is high But some people want to move from countryside to cities to find work The Greens don’t like living in the city so they want to rent their house with two bedrooms to others Please help them write an ad
(板书生词求学生掌握city traffic cost move 理解noisy 解countryside)
city countryside traffic noisy cost move
2 (复广告表达)
(分钟)
T Great Next I’ll ask several students to report their ads and let’s see whose is the best
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间12分钟)
呈现2a1
T Do you want to know why so many people are moving from countryside to cities
1 (1)(学生快速阅读2a短文完成判断正误题核答案)
T Skim the passage in 2a and finish the exercises below(两分钟)
T Let’s check the answers together
(2)(学生次阅读短文找出短文中描述城市农村关键词)
T Read the passage again and find out the key words to describe the cities and countryside
(板书)
noisy
heavy traffic
city high cost of living countryside
the fresh air and the quiet life
a big yard
(3)(匹配板书相应项目)
T Match the descriptive words with city and countryside
2 (引出1)
(1)(学生声朗读zoosoon想想学词中oo发音相)
T Read zoo and soon aloud for three times pay attention to the pronunciation of the letters oo and then write out some more similar words
(分钟)
T Ready Can we share your answers S3
S3 Certainly School afternoon cool food…
(板书画线oo求学生找规律)
zoo soon school afternoon food
T You’re great The oo in them are all pronounced In a general way when oo are before voiced consonants or there is nothing after them they are usually pronounced such as cool too room
(2)(样方法引出 )
T Now let’s find out their friends in 1(渡语)
look took good
round sound about
country couple
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固12a
1 (学生听1录音 然读)
T Listen to 1 and read after it
2 (1)(学生听2a录音 课文 黑板关键词图片 加深印象)
T Listen to 2a Close your books and look at the key words and pictures on the blackboard
(2)(学生利关键词造句)
T OK please make sentences with the key words on the blackboard
(3)(求学生利短文图片关键词复述短文)
T Yeah I think the most exciting time is coming Who can have a try to retell the passage according to the key words and pictures Any volunteers
(4)(引导学生利表信息联系实际生活结合2a完成2b写作务)
reasons to live
countryside
hills and rivers
green trees and grass
clean air and water
houses with a big yard
city
supermarket
easy to find shop
interesting places to enjoy oneself
many kinds of traffic ways
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间7分钟)
练3 完成4a 4b
1 (1)(学生听录音完成3核答案)
T From 2a we have learned many people are moving from countryside to cities to find work Now let’s listen to 3 and finish it
(2)(学生听遍 尝试复述听句子)
T Listen to 3 again Try to retell some sentences one by one Come on Boys and girls
2 (黑板呈现关There be句型练 求学生完成 然纳总结There be句型法)
T In this topic we must master the structure of There be Now please look at the small blackboard Let’s do some exercises about this structure And then sum up its usage
Example
There (be) a computer in my study
There (be) a lamp a mirror a recorder and some books on the desk
There (be) a guitar beside it
There (be) some books on the bookcase
There (be) a lot of tall buildings
There (be) many shops a hospital and a school close to the buildings
There (be) no houses on the right
There (be) something wrong with my kitchen fan
There (be) some bread on the plate
There (be) many old people living there
3 (完成4a 4b容 总结纳话题语法短语)
T Look at 4a and 4b please They are very important to you You should read them carefully and try to remember them Understand
(学生阅读 教师巡视予必帮助)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间15分钟)
通活动 培养学生综合运力
1 (假设某学生家电视机出问题 需求助社区服务中心 学生两组编话 然选组学生台表演)
T Suppose there is something wrong with your TV set and you want to get help from the community service center Please make a dialog about it with your partner Are you ready Begin
2 (假放学回家时发现洗手间面许水第反应什？班学做项调查结果ABCD四种答案例图示请组形式讨出选择种什？培养学生分析问题处理问题力)
T What will you do first if you find some water on the floor in your washroom when getting home We’ve made a survey about it in a class They gave us four different kinds of answers as the diagram shows below Please discuss in groups and then tell the class your choice and the reason
A to call parents
B to wait for parents coming back
C to call the community service center
D to check the tap or pipe(水龙头水)
3 (家庭作业：)
(1)(收集关种房间家具名称单词填表)
T Collect the words of the names of rooms and furniture then complete the table
Room
bedroom
study
…
Furniture
bed
chair
…
(2) T Discuss and plan your ideal home and then draw a picture of it
话题教学记 反思
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第6周 2013 4月1日 5日（周进行第次阶段关考试 清明放假天）
4月1日进行考试前复指导学生练册 做材料教案略
2日3日考试时间评讲试卷进行听力训练
试卷分析学生考试质量简单分析：
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第7周 2013 年 4月 8日 12日周完成 Topic 3 Which is the way to the post office
教学
Topic 3 Which is the way to the post office
Section A
Section A needs 1~2 periods Section A需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a 2a and 3 课重点活动1a 2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words
bridge along turn across meter
2 Learn the phrasal prepositions
on the corner of across from betweenand
3 (1)Learn how to ask the way
Excuse me is there a bank near here
Excuse me how can I get to the bookstore
Excuse me which is the way to the post office
(2)Learn how to give directions
Go up this street to the end and you’ll find it on your left
Go along Xinhua Street and turn left at the first crossing
Go across the bridge
It’s about one hundred meters along on the right
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图球简单图校面图
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间10分钟)
通复 引出课重点短语句子
1 (着球 放位置 通师生互动 复学介词介词短语)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a ball
T Where is the ball
Ss It’s under the table
T Where is the ball
Ss It’s behind the door
…
(学生表现予肯定表扬 时变化位置关系 导出新短语介词)
(板书解释)
on the corner of across from between…and…
T Is the ball next to the box
Ss Yes it is
…
T Is the teachers’ office on the corner of the Central Road
Ss Yes it is
T Is it across from that English book
Ss Yes it is
T Is the desk between S1 and S2
Ss Yes it is
(学生两组练巩固短语介词 名学生东西放位置 名学生进行描述 然交换角色)
2 (1) (单词竞赛学生组单位 通赛形式 回顾总结已学点名词 写出优胜者)
T Boys and girls let’s have a word competition in groups The group that writes the most nouns of places is the winner
Example
G1 Bank post office bus station bookstore …
G2 …
…
(2)(指着3图 呈现新点名词学生适短语介词描述具体位置)
(板书)
Tsinghua University Peking University Ren’ai Education Institute Haidian Theater
T Where is Ren’ai Education Institute
Ss It’s next to Bayi School
…
3 (呈现幅简单图 学生掌握短语)
Example
(通短语熟悉操练初步解祈句 步听力扫清障碍 学生更掌握1a做铺垫)
(板书)
go along turn right
Go up this street to the end on the rightleft
at the third street Go across the bridge
T Excuse me how can I get to the bookstore
Ss Go along Suzhou Street to the end and you’ll see it
T Excuse me which is the way to the post office
Ss Sorry I don’t know I’m new here
T Thank you all the same
…
(利图种问路方式进行操练 然渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间8分钟)
呈现1a
1 (设置板书听力务 学生带着务听1a录音)
(1) Is there a bank near here
(2) How can we get to the bookstore
2 (学生听1a录音 回答问题核答案)
T Listen to 1a answer the questions and then check the answers
3 (学生思考总结问路方式然老师进行点评板书)
(板书)
Excuse me is there a bank near here
Excuse me how can I get to the bookstore
Excuse me which is the way to the post office
4 (关键词短语写黑板 呈现1a 步学生话基础)
(1) go up—end—left
(2) go along—turn left—first crossing—go across—one hundred meters—right
(3) new—all the same
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a
1 (放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读 然着录音起读逐句核语音语调)
T Erase your marks First read it by yourselves then follow the tape and check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are AB listen to the tape and make a dialog with BA
4 (学生合书 根黑板1a关键词短语 两组表演1a)
T Work in pairs Close your books Look at the key words and phrases on the blackboard and act out the dialog
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间7分钟)
通练呈现3完成1b 2a2b
1 (1)(学生阅读1b中A部分指路语选出正确图画然核答案完成1b中A部分)
T Please read the instructions in 1b and choose the correct pictures Then check the answers
(2)(学生出示1a图片 利1a中问路指路句型 完成1b中B部分)
T Boys and girls please look at the picture in 1a If you are standing at A How can you get to the school
Ss
2 (学生图 快速说出短语介词 完成2a)
T Look at the maps and tell me the prepositions as quickly as you can
3 (学生根2a图片填空然师生起核答案完成2b)
T Fill in the blanks according to the maps and then check the answers together
4 (呈现3图 根图 布置教室学生分成4组 组选定名组长 组长担警察 余学生扮成夏令营成员 警察问路 警察指路表现学 教师予表扬)
Example
S 1 Excuse me which is the way to the supermarket
S2 Go along the street turn left at Zhongguancun Street Then go up that street and turn left at the second crossing You can see
(通次活动 学生掌握问路指路基句型 加强语言实践 激发学生学英语兴趣 提高英语交际力 培养帮助意识)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 培养学生实际运语言力
1 (呈现校面图 求学生利学介词短语问路句型 熟悉校园环境更加热爱校园)
Example
(1) S3 Where is …
S4 It’s …
(2) S5 Excuse me Is there a …
S6 Yes there is
S5 How can I get to …
S6 Go along …
(3) S7 Excuse me which is the way to …
S8 Sorry I don’t know
S7 Thank you all the same
2 (设计道听力题 学生根听容画图 谁短时间里画出准确路线图 予奖励)
T Listen and draw the route as quickly as you can
Example
I know you are arriving next Sunday Let me tell you the way to my house Take a taxi from the airport Pass a bank on your right and then go down Long Street Go through Six Avenue and Seven Avenue When you see a big supermarket turn left Then go down Bridge Street and turn left at New Park Go down Center Street and my house is on your right
(提高听力力动手实践力 培养竞争意识)
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(学生练Section A 3 根图编话)
(2)(预Section B注意搜集整理关交通设施交通标志方面信息)
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 3 课重点活动1a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1(1)Learn the words and expressions about transport facilities and the traffic signs
sidewalk public phone traffic lights crosswalk Turn left No right turn No left turn Turn right Go straight No parking No Uturn Parking Danger
(2)Learn other new words
until kilometer should change
2(1)Go on learning how to ask the way
Excuse me could you tell me the way to Dinghao Building
Excuse me where is Anli Road
(2)Go on learning how to give directions
Go along this road until you get to Beisihuan Road
Turn left and walk on
It’s about 15 kilometers away from here
First you need to take Bus No 718 then you should change to the No 108 bus at
Anzhen Bridge
3Learn to help others
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图画图
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
通复导入1a
1 (师生起唱歌谣 激发学生学兴趣 活跃课堂气氛完成4)
T Let’s chant together
Stop look and listen
Before you cross the street
Use your eyes use your ears
Before you use your feet
2 (呈现Section A 3图学生结活动复关问路句型)
T Look at the map Suppose you are standing at the train station please make a dialog with your partner about how to get to Tsinghua University Then change your roles Ready Go
(学生体验合作学乐趣)
T OK Stop Which pair wants to show us your dialog
(学生结活动进行点评总结学关问路句型完成节课布置家庭作业)
(然导出新问路句型)
(板书)
Excuse me could you tell me the way to
Excuse me where is
3 (1)(假设师生校园里遇见 S1问教师图书馆 教师予回答 导出新指路句型)
S1 I’m looking for our library Where is it
T Go along this road turn left and walk on You can’t miss it
(板书画线部分)
You can’t miss it
(2)(假设校园角 S2问教师宿舍 教师予回答 导出新指路句型)
S2 Could you tell me the way to the dormitory
T Go along this road until you get to the gym and you’ll see it on your right It’s about 500 meters away from here
(学生熟悉新句型回答形式 第二步听力操练基础)
4 (呈现方位图 教师根实际发挥)
Example
T You are at Fuzhou Train Station now If someone asks how to get to Qingkou you can say
It’s about 30 kilometers away from here You need to take Bus No 51 and then change to the No 30 bus at Taijiang It will take you there
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1a
1 (设置听力务先听第段话找出问题(1)答案听第二段话找出问题(2)答案学生带着务听录音降低难度)
T Listen to 1a and answer the following questions
(板书)
(1) How to get to Dinghao Building
(2) At which bus stop can you change to the No108 bus
2 (学生听1a录音找出关键词短语回答问题然师生起核答案)
T Listen to the tape to find out the key words and phrases and answer the questions according to the key words and phrases Then check the answers together
(板书)
go along until turn left miss
kilometers need to take should change to
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1a
1 (放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调样学生集中注意力 效率更高)
T Erase your marks now First read by yourselves and then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence according to the tape Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are AB Listen to the tape and make a dialog with BA
4 (学生两组 黑板关键词短语话)
T Work in pairs Close your books look at the key words on the blackboard and act out the
dialog
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练1b 1c 2 3
1 (1)(呈现1b图 学生完成1b)
T Listen and complete 1b Next we will check the answers together And then read it by yourselves
(2)(求学生表演1b)
T Let’s act it out now Who wants to try
(3)(求学生桌合作完成1c)
T Ask the way and give directions to familiar places with your partner
2 (呈现2图片 引出交通设施名称 学生拓展设施名称 增词汇量完成
2)
T Look at the pictures What do they mean
(导出 sidewalk public phone traffic lights crosswalk)
T Anything else
Ss Bus station
3 (呈现交通标志图 学生初步认识标志 步作铺垫)
T Look at the pictures What do they mean
(导出 Turn left Go straight Turn right)
4 (学生分钟时间3中交通标志图 通讨 解含义 学生补充交通标志 老师纳总结)
T Now I’ll give you some minutes to look at the traffic signs in 3 When you see these signs
what will you do
Example
When we see Parking we can park the cars there
(板书补充容)
Keep away 请勿
Keep right 请右行
Oneway traffic 单行道
Danger ahead 前面危险
Drive slowly 车辆慢行
Slow down look around and cross 慢二三通
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通实践活动 培养学生实际操作力
1 (组活动全班分成四组组名学生张示意图教师组提供段指引路线文字组名学生读文字 学生画路线图组成员间交换路线图 推选出标准幅图交老师老师总结情况 组予表扬)
T Boys and girls here are four passages They tell us the ways to some different houses I’ll give each group one passage One of the group members reads the passage and the others try to draw the maps
(材料)
(1) Find Wang Xue’s house Go along Buxing Street and take the first turning on the right It’s on the left across from the museum
(2) Find Wei Ming’s house Go along Lanhou Street to the traffic lights and turn right Go along the road and take the second turning on the left Wei Ming’s house is on the left next to the post office
(3) Find Chen Hui’s house Go along Chang’an Street and take the first turning on the right and go a bit further Then take the first turning on the left Chen Hui’s house is next to the supermarket
(4) Find Ke Lin’s house Go down Chang’an Street to the end Turn left When you see the bank turn left again It’s the house behind the bank
A Wang Xue’s house B Wei Ming’s house
C Chen Hui’s house D Ke Lin’s house
2 (做义务指路员)
T Boys and girls look at your guide book Could you please tell your partner the way to a building
3 (家庭作业)
(学生图示 假现博物馆银行间 想剧院 该走 请编段话)
T Suppose you are standing between the museum and the bank If you want to go to the theater how can you get there Make a dialog
Section C
Section C needs 1~2 period Section C 需1~2课时
The main activities are 1a and 3 课重点活动1a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
safe hurt lose accident rule before cross third last ticket speed fast when wait for careful be late for
2 Learn the imperative sentences
Turn right
Be careful
Don’t be late for school
3 Talk about traffic rules and strengthen the consciousness of keeping safe on the roads
Before we cross the road we must stop and look both ways
Wait for your turn when the lights are red
Don’t play on the street
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机制卡片图片
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学法
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
通复 引入1a
(检查点评家庭作业承启学节课奠定基础)
1 (师生唱歌曲 激发学生学兴趣 活跃课堂气氛 完成5)
T Sing this song Traffic Lights together
2 (句型竞赛求全体学2分钟默写关问路句型时中挑选两名学讲台选出获胜者)
T Please write down the sentence patterns about asking the way in two minutes At the same time I’ll choose two of you to come to the front The student who writes best will be the winner Are you ready Go
Example
Excuse me is there a(an)… near here
Excuse me how can I get to
Excuse me which is the way to…
Excuse me could you tell me the way to
Excuse me where is…
…
3 (学生分成组教室图 横排Street 1 Street 2 Street 3……竖排Road 1 Road 2 Road 3……出具体路线说明 求组根指令完成务)
T Now suppose our classroom is a map Rows are streets and lines are roads Row 1 is Street 1 Line 1 is Road 1 I’ll give you some instructions You should find out who you will meet according to my instructions
Example
T Go along Road 1 until you get to Street 2 then turn left and walk on It’s on your right
S2 I meet sb
T First turn right and go to Road 3 Then walk on and turn left Go down until you come to Street 2 It’s on your left
S2 I meet sb
…
4 (呈现制卡片 复交通标志图 导出新目标语言)
Example
T What’s this
Ss It’s a traffic sign
T What does it mean
Ss It means that we can’t drive too fast
T If we do that what will we get
Ss We’ll get a ticket for speeding So we must obey the traffic rules
…
(板书画线部分)
get a ticket for speeding obey the traffic rules
(提出问题：果遵守交通规 交警会做呈现2中图片 学生解中含义)
T If we don’t obey the traffic rules what will the police do Look at the pictures and answer the question
Ss They will give us a ticket a ticket for speeding a ticket for drinkdriving a ticket for parking in the wrong place a ticket for making a wrong turn
T Well done Now please finish 2 Then check the answers
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1a
1 (呈现制七幅图片 利图片 通师生互动 导出幅图体现新目标语言 图片容展示)
(图 ) (图二 )
(图三 ) (图四 )
(图五 ) (图六 )
(着图 引导学生学新目标语言)
Example
T What’s this
Ss It’s a car
T What’s that
Ss It’s a street light
T What happens in this picture
Ss A car drives too fast and hits a street light
T We know it’s a traffic accident The man in the car gets hurt
(呈现图二 图三)
T What happens in Picture 2 and 3
Ss Traffic accidents
T Yes And the men died in the accidents So it’s good to wait for your turn when the lights are red You see every year many people get hurt or die in accidents But how can we keep safe
(板书画线部分)
fast a traffic accident got hurt wait for when
(学生发挥想象 讨 然逐呈现图四 图五 图六 图七 引出新目标语言)
(教师根学生中英文描述进行总结 板书)
T OK Look at the pictures together What should we do to make the roads safe
We must cross the street only when we see the greenwalksign
We must stop and look both ways before we cross the road
We must never play on the street
It’s good to help children and old people cross the road
We must obey the traffic rules
(通七幅图呈现讨描述 学生更直观 更形象理解情景掌握目标语言 步课文阅读作铺垫)
2 (设置阅读务 学生带着务阅读1a完成1b问题)
T Read the passage in 1a and then mark these statements True (T) or False (F) in 1b And then check the answers together
3 (答案核结束 求学生朗读1a找出段文章理解处)
T Well done Boys and girls do you have any questions about 1a If you have please tell me Let’s solve them together
4 (学生阅读找出中未解决难点 教师难点重点呈现黑板 进行环节做准备)
(板书)
lose one’s life keep safe first must obey the traffic rules green walk sign second cross both ways third never play last it’s good to do…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间8分钟)
巩固1a
1 (学生次阅读1a文章 注意黑板呈现关键词词组句型)
T Read the text again and pay attention to the key words phrases and structures
2 (放1a录音 学生读 注意语音语调)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
3 (学生根黑板图片关键词复述课文)
T Now I think you can retell the text using the pictures and key words on the blackboard OK Who can have a try
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练3完成4
1 T OK Boys and girls you did very well But please be quiet Be quiet Don’t talk Listen to me carefully
(板书呈现Be quiet Don’t talk引出祈句 鼓励引导学生说祈句)
Be quiet
Don’t talk
Example
Open the door
Be careful
Look at the blackboard please
Don’t eat in the classroom
Don’t be late for school
(板书)
Be careful
Don’t be late for school
(教师指导学生纳总结祈句表达方式 环节作铺垫)
2 (1)(呈现3图片 求学生说出该图表示交通规然选择正确选项 学说快)
T Please look at these pictures and tell us some traffic rules Then match the rules with the pictures You can do it like this
Don’t park here
Are you clear Let’s begin
(2)(求学生写出更交通规学写快)
T Would you like to write some more traffic rules Do it as quickly as you can
3 (知道？)
T What are the rules in our school Let’s make a survey today and take some notes
Name Li Ming
Activity
Can
Can’t
Listen to music in the classroom
Eat in the classroom
Wear a hat in class
4 (学生四组讨学校规章制度 完成4)
T Talk about the rules in our school and write some more school rules Then report them to the class
Example
G1 Keep quiet in class
G2 Don’t be late for school
…
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 培养学生动手力 展示学生性
1 (学生做份调查表教师全班分四组 讨该遵守交通规)
T Now please make a survey The whole class will be divided into four groups The topic is How to obey the traffic rulesThen fill in the blanks and make a report
Group 1
1
2
3
Group 2
1
2
3
Group 3
1
2
3
Group 4
1
2
3
2 (做校园文化建设通项活动激发学生动探究知识欲 培养学生动手力 展示学生性)
T There are some signs in English in our school because it’s very necessary for us to use
English in our daily life What other places do you think need English signs and rules on
campus Let’s work out together
Example
(1) Keep quiet
(2) Clean the classroom every day
(3) Wear sports shoes for gym class
(4) …
3 (家庭作业)
(学生搜集年种交通事统计数字 思考问题 什会种现象？避免？然写成短文)
T Collect the total number of the traffic accidents last year Then think about the question Why do we have this phenomenon and how to avoid it Then write a passage about it
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D 需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 5 课重点活动1 25
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the vowels
2 Learn the new word down
3 Review the imperative sentences
4 Review how to ask the way and give directions
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
录音机挂图单词卡片音标卡片北京交通图（交通图）
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间10分钟)
复话题单词句型
1 (单词竞赛话题单词功类 制成单词卡片老师出汉语 学生说出英语意思
T Now let’s have a word competition I’ll give you the Chinese meanings Please say them in English You’ll get one point for each word OK Ready Go
2 (组活动全班分成组 求组名成员黑板前 教师出1分钟 写出学介词短语介词 教师讲评 1单词加1分完成4a介词部分复巩固)
T Now Let’s go on with another competition I’ll ask one student in each group to come here and write down the prepositions or phrasal prepositions you have learnt Each of you has only one minute Are you ready Go
3 (组活动全班分四组求组名成员黑板画出学校路线 求组两位学话题学问路句型表演话)
T Great Just now you did a good job I’ll ask one student in each group to draw a route from his home to our school on the blackboard Another two in each group will act out the dialog about how they come to school according to the route
4 (练校规交通规 完成4a 4b)
(1)(方案 组活动全班分成四组求组学生两分钟说出学祈句 句2分)
T Now The class will be divided into four groups I’ll give you two minutes Please say the imperative sentences as many as you can One sentence two points
(方案二 谁优胜者学生组单位 通赛形式总结课已学关校规交通规祈句说出写出组获胜者)
T Group 1 writes school rules Group 2 writes traffic rules Let’s begin
Example
G1 Keep quiet in class
…
G2 Don’t play on the street
…
(2)(学生朗读4a4b掌握法)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1
1 (呈现单词卡片brown flower cow 求学生找出规律出相发音出示音标卡片齐读)
T Look at these words What will you find out … Right They all include the sound Let’s read it together
(板书)
brown flower cow
(样方法导出 )
2 (学生齐读黑板呈现音标单词)
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
巩固1完成2
1 (听1录音求学生试着独立写出听单词词加1分)
T Now listen to 1 Write down the words you’ve heard by yourselves One word one point
2 (求学生找出含 单词)
T Let’s sum up the words that have the pronunciations
3 (学生仔细听2录音填空教师核答案然学生进行结活动发现难点)
T Now listen to 2 carefully and fill in the blanks And then check the answers Then work in pairs to find difficulties in it
(板书难点)
Go down this road
4 (学生听遍求4名学生黑板画出正确路线图)
T Listen again I’ll ask four students to draw the correct maps on the blackboard
5 (学生针黑板正确路线图复述课文容)
T Good Next who can retell the dialog using the correct maps on the blackboard
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
组活动完成3
(学生画出家学校路线图学生分成四组组选择份优秀路线图画黑板组学描述该学路线情况组代表全班学报告)
T Now The class will be divided into four groups Please draw the route from your home to school I’ll ask one student who draws the best in each group to draw his own route on the blackboard Others in the group try to describe how the student goes to school Then report to class
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 培养学生综合运力
1 (方案组活动全班分成六组学生图 6方意放ABCDEF中 然求出走路线完成5)
T Look at the map Put the following six places on A B C D E or F as you like
post office supermarket
bookstore hospital
bank school
T Ask the following ways
(1) from A to D
(2) from B to E
(3) from C to F
(4) fromto
…
(方案二 组活动 完成5老师黑板画出面图全班学生分成4组S1 6名post office supermarket bookstore hospital bank school写ABCDEF意位置S2 S3 编段关问路指路话S4根话容彩笔画出路线活动全班学生参表现组 老师予奖励)
T Boys and girls please look at the plan on the blackboard I’ll divide the class into four groups In each group S1 puts the six places on ABCDE or F as heshe likes S2 and S3 make a dialog about asking the way and giving directions S4 draws the route according to the dialog Now let’s begin
(组务 求学生讨 写 然全班汇报 展示作品教师表现分数)
2 (弹性课堂组学生张北京交通图 假设名学生现海淀桥 达长城？学生4组讨 制订路线图 附说明 然选出代表讲台作报告)
T Suppose you are at Haidian Bridge now and you would go to the Great Wall Here’s the map of Beijing Please discuss in groups of four then write a passage and at last report to the whole class
（该活动换交通图制定某处某路线图）
3 (家庭作业)
(求学生课设计教室学校规)
T Make some more rules in your class or school using the imperative sentences
话题 单元结束教学记反思
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第8周 2013 年 4月15日 19日 周结束Unit 7
Topic 1 教学
Unit 7 The Birthday Party
Topic 1 When is your birthday？
Section A
ber October NovemberDecember)
2 (学年份表达法)
T Do you know how to say the years in English Section A needs 1 period Section A需1课时
The main activities are 1a 2 and 3a 课重点活动1a 23a
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1) Learn the names of months
January February March April May June July August September October
November December
(2) Learn to read the years in English
(3) Learn some other new words and phrases
was be born were alone thousand sport
2 Learn the past simple tense with waswere
(1)When was he born do you know He was born in June 1985
(2)Where was he born In Maryland the USA
(3)When were you born I was born in January 1997
3 Talk about months and years
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
身份卡片课图片录音机日历表
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间3分钟)
解决生词birthday
1 (老师课前调查否学生生日果没Kangkang生日例师生唱Happy Birthday首歌 引出生词birthday)
T Let’s sing Happy Birthday together
(师生唱Happy Birthday)
T Do you know why we sing Happy Birthday Because next Thursday is Kangkang’s birthday
(板书)
birthday生日
T We should sayHappy birthday to you Kangkang
（引入课标题板书）
Unit 7 The Birthday Party
Topic 1 When is your birthday
Section A
2 (呈现日历引出月份表达法)
T Please look at the calendar How many days are there in a week
Ss Seven
T How many days are there in February
Ss There are 28 or 29 days
T Good How many months are there in a year
Ss Twelve
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间18分钟)
教师准备幅12月份日历呈现学生 教授月份年份呈现1b3a
T Which month is your birthday in Do you know what it is in English
1 (板书讲授月份 学生读)
January February March April
May June July August
September October November December
(教师求学生特注意易混淆JanuaryFebruary JuneJuly Septem
(老师举例说明年份表达法学生读呈现3a)
3 (讲完月份年份 教师回生日话题教师出示身份卡片 引出出生表达法be born 板书)
Example
Name Li Ming
Age 33
I was born in Fujian in August 1978
T My name is Li Ming I am thirtythree years old I was born in August 1978 I was born in Fujian ××× and we were born in different places
be born was (amis) were(are)
(教师四名学生根身份卡片做问答练)
T What’s my name
S1 Your name is Li Ming
T How old am I
S2 You are thirtythree
T When was I born
S3 You were born in August 1978
T Where was I born
S4 You were born in Fujian
4 (学生出示课前准备身份卡片 两话)
T Show the card to your partner Then practice the dialog in pairs like this
(教师名学生作示范)
T What’s your name
S My name is…
T When were you born
S I was born in…
T Where were you born
S I was born in…
T Were you born in…
S Yes I was No I wasn’t
…
5 (呈现1a 回答问题讲解含般时句子)
(1)(设置板书听力务学生带着务听1a录音)
T Have you ever heard of Phelps Yes he is a very popular sports star He got 8 gold medals in the 2008 Olympic Games and he is calledFlying Fish Do you want to know more about him Listen to 1a and then answer the questions
(1) When was Phelps born
(2) Where was he born
(2)(听完录音回答问题然师生起核答案)
(3)(板书关键词 呈现1a讲解该部分)
WhenWhere was Phelps born
…be born in…
June 1985 Maryland the USA
(4)(总结系动词be般时句型中be正确形式)
(板书)
am is→was are→were
I was born in 1985
Were you born in 1985
Yes I was No I wasn’t
When was he born
He was born in 1985
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a朗读表演1a话根身情况问答完成1c
1 (放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Listen to the tape carefully and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生齐读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Read aloud together then follow the tape and check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are Kangkang Listen to the tape again and make a dialog with Michael
4 (根第二步呈现黑板关键词 两组表演1a)
T Close your books look at the blackboard and act out the dialog in 1a
5 (完成1c)
T Now boys and girls please talk with your partner about when and where you were born
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间12分钟)
通练进步掌握含年月表达法
1 (学生听磁带1b2读注意单词重音句子重音)
T Let’s listen to 1b and 2 pay attention to the stress of words and sentences
(板书教授alone)
alone
2 (阅读3a 学生朗读然写年份英语表达方式)
T From 1b we know the twelve months and their short forms From 2 we can remember how many days there are in each month easily 3a tells us how to say years in English Let’s go to 3a read and write First let’s read these years
Ss …
T OK Now please say and write down these years in English in 2 of 3a by yourselves
(学生写完 两互答案)
3 (学生听磁带完成3b教师学生介绍图片物)
T Listen to the tape and finish 3b Then we’ll check the answers and know more about these people
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间7分钟)
练日期表达法 增强实践活动力
1 (1)(搜集家出生年月出生)
Name
Month of birth
Year of birth
Birthplace
(2)(学生写篇关家庭短文介绍年龄出生年月出生等情况)
Example
My father’s name is Wang Chunlai He is 40 years old He was born in February 1970 My mother’s name is Bao Chunhua She is 39 years old She was born in Guangxi in November 1971 I was born in May 1995 My grandparents live with us They were born in the old days Their lives were very hard in the past but they are very good now We live happily together I love my family very much
2 (家庭作业)
(1)(调查学出生年月出生汇总全班作汇报)
Survey your classmates and find out whenwhere they were born
Sum up the number of your classmates who were born in each month and report it to your class
(2)(复基数词预序数词)
Review the Cardinal Numbers and preview the Ordinal Numbers after class
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1 2a and 3 课重点活动1 2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn some ordinal numbers
fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth eleventh twelfth thirteenth twentieth
(2)Learn some other new words
birthday date plan celebrate party
2 Learn how to read and write the dates
Jan 1st (January first)
…
Dec 12th (December twelfth)
3 Talk about the dates
What’s the date today It’s May 8th
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
数字卡片黑板数词挂图幻灯片课图片录音机日历表
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
检查家庭作业复月份年份表达法1～100基数词
1 (出示日历表复月份年份表达法)
T WhenWhere were you born
Ss …
2 (学生做接龙游戏 说出1~100基数词)
T Let’s play a number game Please say the numbers from one to one hundred OK (教师指着第排第学生说) Start
(老师序指着学生说：You say one you say two you say three … Let’s count up to one hundred)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现12a学序数词
1 (1)(复数字卡片呈现基数词序数词 创设直观情景)
(先复first法)
T Today we’ll continually learn Topic 1 of Unit 7 It’s the first topic in Unit 7 Topic 2 is the second topic in Unit 7 And Topic 3 is the third topic in Unit 7
(教师说明one→first two→second three→third法板书)
one—first1st two—second2nd three—third3rd
(2)(教师出示写100基数词序数词黑板数字挂图幻灯片播放录音求学生边听边注意较基数词序数词异呈现2a)
T Now listen to 2a and compare the cardinal numbers and the ordinal numbers
(3)(找四学生黑板写特殊变化序数词)
T Please try to find out at least eight special ordinal numbers and the rules of ordinal numbers
(教师总结板书)
one→first two→second three→third 第二三单独记
eight→eighth nine→ninth 八九少t e
five→fifth twelve→twelfth 五十二变ve
twenty→twentieth thirty→thirtieth 十改yie
twentyone→twentyfirst thirtyfour→thirtyfourth 二十末位序
(老师补充条基数词变序数词记忆口诀：
基变序规律词尾加th二三特殊记结尾字母t d d八减t九减eveftyy变i记住th前e遇十变位)
(4)(学生分组进行链式操练)
T Now let’s practice the ordinal numbers in a chain
S1 First
S2 Second
S3 Third
S4 Fourth
S5 Fifth
…
(5)(数字游戏：准备基数词序数词英文单词卡片干 乱序发学生 学生快速度应序排队 快速报数)
①S6 One ②S9 First
S7 Two S10 Second
S8 Three S11 Third
2 (复生日表达法引出庆祝活动)
T Next Saturday is my birthday My friends plan to have a party to celebrate it Would you
like to come to my party
Ss Yes I’d love to
(板书画线部分)
have a party celebrate
(问学生)
T When is your birthday
S My birthday is
(学生回答时汉语：10月1日 然教师译成英语板书October first渡步)
T Just now I said Next Saturday is my birthday But Kangkang’s birthday is May thirteenth Do you want to know how Kangkang plans to celebrate his birthday
Ss Yes
T OKLet’s listen to the tape
(然渡步)
3 (呈现1 学重点新词句)
(1)(设置板书听力务学生带着务听1录音)
T Listen to the tape and answer the questions
(板书)
(1) What’s the date today
(2) How does Kangkang plan to celebrate his birthday
(3) Who wants to have a birthday party for him
(2)(听完录音回答问题然师生起核答案)
(3)(教师板书重点单词短语句型呈现1 讲解该部分)
May 13th next Thursday
plan to do
celebrate
have a birthday party
Would you like to…
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1熟悉重读语调 表演话
1 (放1录音学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读1 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Erase the marks First read by yourselves and then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence according to the tape Go
3 (根第二步呈现黑板关键词短语句型学生两组表演1)
T Close your books look at the blackboard and act out 1
Group 1 …
Group 2 …
…
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练2a 2b3 掌握序数词 总结规律 掌握日期表达法
1 (放2a录音学生读体会序数词重读音节)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to the stress of the ordinal numbers
2 (呈现2b图学生英文表达搭配)
(条件展示相应视频图片 增强学生爱国义意识 提高学兴趣)
T Let’s look at the pictures Each picture tells us an event Please match the words with the pictures
3 (1)(呈现3 教师出示张日历表 引导学生写出日期)
5月8日
T Look at this we writeMay 8th But we sayMay eighth
(2)(教师写出日期黑板 学生英语读出 巩固加深学生印象)
5月4日
9月10日
T I’ll ask some students to read these dates Who wants to have a try
(3)(教师呈现张日历表 学生话)
2012年5月
4日
星期五
T Look at this calendar Answer my questions What day is it
Ss It’s Friday
T What’s the date
Ss It’s May 4th
(重复操练日期)
4 (方案 学生设计信息沟通活动 完成3)
(出示列表格 学生两组问答 填写表格学生A3中图1图2 学生B图3图4然互相询问方 解4幅图容完成表格)
T Now work in pairs student A look at Picture 1 and 2 student B look at Picture 3 and 4 Then make dialogs like this and complete the table
SA When was … born
SB HeShe was born onin …
SA Where was heshe born
SB HeShe was born in …
Name
Date of birth
Birthplace
Kangkang
Jane
Maria
Michael
(方案二 老师学生选3幅图片进行话 准说姓名学生听完 抢答说出描述幅图里)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
联系实际 学生学 提高学兴趣
1 (制作班级生日册)
(组活动学生互相询问彼生日 做记录 然汇集成班级生日册程中 练巩固询问生日句型 增进学生间感情)
Name
Date of birth
Birthplace
Year
Month
Date
T Do you have your English calendar I have got an English calendar Let me tell you when my birthday is My birthday is August 2nd I was born in Fujian Please ask others and fill out the form You may begin like this
S1 When is your birthday
S2 My birthday is…
S1 Where were you born
S2 I was born in …
2 (制作节日时间表学生分组伴调查重事件节日日期 制作张时间表)
T Please survey the dates of some important events or festivals in your group and then make a timetable
3 (家庭作业)
(搜集家庭成员出生日期(年月日)点 制作张家庭成员生日表)
Ⅳ疑点探究
关生日种表达法：
My birthday is October tenth
My birthday is on October tenth
October tenth is my birthday
注：序数词前加the(英式)
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1 2a and 3 课重点活动1 2a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 (1)Learn some words about the shape
shape circle square triangle rectangle oval
(2)Learn some other new words and phrases
present football
2 (1)Talk about the shape
What’s the shape of your present It’s round
Was it like a flower before No it wasn’t It was like a star
What shape was it before It was a square
(2)Talk about the length and width
How long is it It is 24 centimeters long
How wide is it It’s 6 4 centimeters wide
(3) Talk about the usage of objects
What do we use it for We use it to keep pencils rulers erasers and so on
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
实物课图片录音机
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复序数词 引入新课
(做游戏)
(复序数词全班分成两组Group AGroup B Group A名学生先说三基数词 Group B名学生迅速说出相应序数词注意逢带3691316……序数词跳)
T Now we divide the class into two groups—Group A and Group B The first player from Group A says three cardinal numbers quickly The first player from Group B must say the correct ordinal numbers as quickly as possible accordingly You mustn’t say3rd 6th 9th 13th 16th…
Example
SA One two four
SB First second fourth
…
T If the player in Group B is successful Group B gets a point If the player in Group B is not successful Group A gets a point Let’s find which group will be the winner
Group
Point
Group A
Group B
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间15分钟)
呈现练表达形状句型呈现1
1 (教师出示球 引出表示形状句型生词circle)
T I have a lot of objects Do you want to have a look at them OK I’ll show them to you
T What’s this in English
S1 It’s a basketball
T What color is it
S1 It’s red
T What shape is it(教师汉语提示)
S1 圆
T Yes It’s round It’s a circle
2 (教师出示块三角形蛋糕鸡蛋张长方形硬纸 引出生词triangle oval
rectangle square)
(1)(话)
T What’s this in English
Ss It’s a cake
T What shape is it
Ss 三角形
T Yeah you are right It’s a triangle
(2)(话二)
T What’s this
Ss It’s an egg
T What shape is it
Ss 椭圆形
T Very good It’s an oval
(3)(话三)
(教师出示张长方形硬纸 然剪成正方形)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a piece of paper
T What shape is it
Ss 正方形
T Yes it’s a square What shape was it before
Ss 长方形
T Well done It was a rectangle
(板书画线部分)
What shape is it It’s round
It’s aan circle triangle oval square
What shape was it before
It was a rectangle
3 (教师出示球仪 引出词组be like)
T What is it like (教师汉语提示)
Ss 球
T Yes It is like a ball
4 (教师出示颗五角星形状纸 然折成朵花形状)
T What is it like
Ss It is like a flower
T Was it like a flower before
Ss No it wasn’t It was like a star
(板书画线部分)
What is it like
It is like a ballflower
Was it like a flower before
No it wasn’t It was like a star
(学生学品图画桌话 互相提问物体形状)
Example
S1 What shape is it
S2 It’s round
S1 What is it like
S2 It is like a ball
5 (教师出示2a 图片 练be like般现时般时法)
T Now look at the pictures in 2a Let’s talk about it like this
T What is it like
S1 It is like a dog
T Was it like a dog before
S1 No it wasn’t It was like a hill
…
6 (呈现2b学生两组范例操练完成2b)
T Well done Now look at the example in 2b and work in pairs
Example
S2 What shape is it now
S3 It’s a circle
S2 What shape was it before
S3 It was a square
…
T Good job Let’s stop Do you want to know about the present for Kangkang’s birthday Let’s listen to 1a and answer the questions
(渡步)
7 (呈现1 听录音回答关问题 掌握话容)
(1)(设置板书听力务学生听1录音 回答问题)
T Now listen to the tape and answer the questions on the blackboard
(1) What’s Maria’s present for Kangkang’s birthday
(2) What’s the shape of her present
(3) What color is it
(4) Can Michael have a look
(2)(教师核答案板书关键词词组)
present shape color soccer ball have a look
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1表演话
1 (放1录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Rub them out and read by yourselves Then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence according to the tape Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are Maria listen to Michael and make a dialog with him
(T Now you are Michael listen to Maria and make a dialog with her )
4 (根第二步呈现黑板关键词词组 学生两组表演1强化学生关物体形状句型记忆)
T Work in pairs Close your books look at the blackboard and act out the dialog
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练3 掌握关形状长度宽度等关句型
1 T Stop here Now look at me
(做测量黑板动作测定转身)
Our blackboard is 3 meters long
It is 15 meters wide
(板书画线部分简略形式)
It is 3 meters long
It is 15 meters wide
(指着黑板问学生)
T How long is it
Ss It is 3 meters long
T How wide is it
Ss It is 15 meters wide
(板书画线部分)
How long is it
How wide is it
2 (教师手里着铅笔盒手放背学生猜引出3)
T Now please look at me There is a present for you in my hand Can you guess what it is What shape is it
Ss Is it a circle
T No
S5 Is it a rectangle
T Yes
S5 How long is it
T It is 24 centimeters long
S5 How wide is it
T It is 64 centimeters wide
S5 What do we use it for
T We use it to keep pencils rulers erasers and so on
S5 Oh it must be a pencilbox
(引出3中重点句型板书核心结构)
What do we use it for
We use it to …
3 (学生两组3中图片 进行话操练)
T Now please work in pairs and act out the dialog
4 (组活动：学生4组针周围实物学具进行话 练关形状句型)
T Good stop here Let’s work in groups of four and talk about the shapes of the things around you Remember to use What shape … How long … How wide …and so on
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通活动 进步巩固关询问形状句型
1 (猜谜游戏)
(完成4做面游戏 名学生物品放背 伴猜)
T Let’s play a game One student holds an object behind hisher back and another student guesses what it is Practice like this
S1 What shape is it What is it like
S2 It’s aan…
S1 What color is it
S2 It’s…
S1 How long is it
S2 It is…centimeters long
S1 How wide is it
S2 It’s…centimeters wide
S1 Is it aan…
S2 Yes it is No it isn’t
2 (猜词赛)
(学生两组 面黑板 背黑板教师黑板写物品名称 面黑板学生描述物品 背黑板学生猜词 规定时间猜中者胜)
T Work in pairs I’ll write the names of some objects on the blackboard S1 stands with hisher back to the blackboard S2 stands with hisher face to the blackboard and describes the objects until S1 guesses what it is The pair who have the most right guesses in the limited time are the winners
3 (家庭作业)
(选择件熟悉物品进行描述少5句子)
T Describe one of your familiar things with at least 5 sentences
Example
I have a desk in my study I want to tell you its shape It is a rectangle It is 100 centimeters long It is 60 centimeters wide I do my homework on the desk every day
Ⅳ疑点探究
look likebe like区：
look like询问事物外貌特征 be like询问性格事物特征 询问外貌特征
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D 需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 6 课重点活动1 26
ⅠAims and demands目标求
1Learn the consonants
2 Learn some new words and phrases
special candle surprise do some cleaning
3 Review the past simple tense with waswere
4 Review how to talk about dates
5 Review describing objects and features(shapes)
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
单词卡片录音机日历表MP3
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
检查家庭作业复描述熟悉物品复5b中描述形状相关句型完成3
1 (检查家庭作业学生口头汇报描述熟悉物品)
T We’ve known how to describe objects and shapes Please show me your homework Who wants to report it to us
(检查时纠正学生足)
2 (复5b中表达形状句子)
(教师出示部MP3复询问形状表达法然学生身边物品进行关物体形状练活动运列句子)
What’s the shape of…
What shape is it
How long…
How wide…
What do we use it for
Example
T What’s this
Ss It’s an MP3 player
T What shape is it
Ss It’s a rectangle
T How long is it
Ss It’s … centimeters long
T How wide is it
Ss It’s … centimeters wide
T What do we use it for
Ss We use it to listen to music
3 (学生听3录音完成3)
T Now let’s listen to 3 and fill out the form Then check the answers
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1引出呈现2
1 (单词卡片简笔画呈现1语音部分)
(1)(教师指着黑板问)
T What color is it
Ss It’s black
(教师出示张夹克图片黑板画简笔画)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a jacket
(教师样方法呈现出单词 chicken phone photo physics quarter square quiet twelve between twins 板书)
black jacket chicken
phone photo physics
quarter square quiet
twelve between twins
(2)(学生找出单词发音规律)
T Now let’s look at these words on the blackboard Can you find some rules amongblack jacket and chicken
S1 Yes they all have the same sound
T Rightckis usually pronounced
(样方法学生找出三组单词发音规律)
T Find the rules amongphone photo and physicsquarter square and quiet and twelve between and twins
(教师总结板书)
black jacket chicken
phone photo physics
quarter square quiet
twelve between twins
(3)(学生听1录音读)
T Listen to the tape and follow it
(4)(教师意抽取张单词卡片学生迅速读出)
T I’ll show you some word cards You must read them out as quickly as possible
(5)(学生四组找出含k f kw tw单词然全班汇报组找单词)
T Work in groups of four Find out other words with ck which pronounces the sound k Let’s see which group can find out the most words
(组找单词板书黑板老师适补充学生掌握巩固k f kw tw发音解单词)
Example k quick clock back
f elephant laugh
kw quick quite
tw twenty two twentyone
2 (引出生日礼物)
(1)T We know the numbers and the expressions of the date Oh I remember today is May 21st Tomorrow is my mother’s birthday My family plan to celebrate it I want to buy a beautiful light blue dress for my mother My father would like to buy a birthday cake and some candles That would be a surprise for my mother
(板书画线部分英汉)
light blue浅蓝色 candle蜡烛 be a surprise for sb……惊喜
(2)(请学生帮忙提建议引出动词短语)
T Can you give me some more advice on how to celebrate my mother’s birthday
(板书动词短语)
cook food make a cake
buy some flowers wash clothes
make a birthday card sing a song
…
(学生外动词词组板书黑板)
(渡步)
3 (呈现2理解短文容)
(1)(设置板书限时快速阅读务)
T Tomorrow is Mrs Brown’s birthday Mr Brown and Mary are planning to celebrate it Now read the passage quickly and answer the questions
(1) What’s the date of Mary’s mother’s birthday
(2) What would Mary like to do for her mother
(3) What does Mary’s father want to do
(读完 回答问题然核答案)
(2)(次阅读短文完成短文面判断题然学生找出短文中关键词短语教师总结板书步做准备)
T Read 2 again do the exercise about the passage and then underline the key words
May 22nd 1967—plan to celebrate—cook a special dinner—buy a dress—buy a birthday cake and some candles—a surprise
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固2 进步理解课文 复述课文
1 (教师放2录音 学生读)
T Listen to the tape and follow it
2 (学生读 然请名学生班读)
T Read the text by yourselves Then I’ll ask some students to read it for us
3 (根第二步呈现黑板关键词 复述课文)
T Now please close your books look at the key words and phrases on the blackboard and try to retell the text by yourselves
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
通练复5a 5b
1 (复日期表达法复5b中列出日期表达法)
(教师出示张日历表引导学生复日期表达法)
2010年5月12日
星期三
T What day is it
Ss It’s Wednesday
T What’s the date today
Ss It’s May 12th 2010
(教师张日历分组练日期表达法)
2 (复5a重点语法中般时教师首先名学生话作示范然桌互相问答)
T When were you born
S1 I was born onin…
T Where were you born
S1 I was born in…
3 (操练be born相关句型日期表达法)
(链式游戏第排学生转第二排学生问：When and where were you born第二排学生回答转第三排学生问 操练直排)
T Let’s play a game The students in Row 1 turn back to ask the students in Row 2 When and where were you born The students in Row 2 answer and turn back to ask the ones in Row 3 the same question Do it like this one by one until the last row understand
(学生开始做游戏)
T Good job
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
利学容进行实践活动
1 (学生四组做调查报告全班汇报 When were you born Where were you born What’s your favorite present 完成6)
T Now boys and girls work in groups of four make a survey using the questions in 6 fill out the form and then practice the conversation according to the information in the form
2 (呈现4 根4提供短语 结合实际情况 写篇短文选名学生全班汇报)
cook a big dinner make a cake buy some flowers
make a birthday card do some cleaning sing a song
T You did a good job Now please write a passage about how to celebrate your father’s mother’s birthday according to the phrases above then I’ll ask some students to report them to us
Example
My mother was born on May 12th 1969 Next Tuesday is her fortieth birthday I would like to do some cleaning I also want to sing a song and buy some flowers for her My father wants to cook a big dinner to celebrate it That would be a surprise for her
3 (家庭作业)
(1)(果生日 想度？写篇短文)
T If your birthday is coming How do you plan to celebrate it Write a passage about that You may write like this
Example
I was born on May 24th 1996 My birthday is coming I want to ask my friends to come to my party I would like to say Thank you to my parents because they love me so much I want to give them some special presents That would be a surprise for them
(2)(课外搜集关年月日英文歌谣全班学欣赏)
T Collect some songs about date and then share with your classmates
Ⅳ疑点探究
That would be a surprise for Mrs Brown
处would表示文想象带出结果
Example
She would look better with short hair 留短发会显
话题结束记反思：
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第 9周 2013年 4月22日 26日完成Topic 2学
Topic 2 Can you Sing an English song
Section A
Section A needs 1 period Section A 需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 3 课重点活动1a3
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn the new phrases
have a good time dance to disco perform ballet no way
2 Learn the usage of can andcan’tfor ability and inability
(1)I can only sing English songs
(2)What else can you do
(3)Can you see the bread No I can’t
3 Learn the alternative questions
Can you dance or draw I can dance I can do it a littlevery well
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
篮球吉吉简笔画录音机
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复动词短语
(复前学含play动词短语学生四组 列出已学动词短语 组写)
T Work in groups of four Write as many verbal phrases with play as you can Let’s see which group can write out the most phrases One phrase one point Now let’s start
Group
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Point
(组写完 派代表全班学生汇报 然教师动词短语板书黑板)
Example
play basketball play football
play the guitar play the piano
…
T Look at the first phrase Let’s talk about it
(渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间10分钟)
呈现1a2引出cancan’t法
1 (教师出示篮球 引出情态动词can)
T What’s this in English
SsIt’s a basketball
T Right I like basketball very much I often play it on the playground after school I can play it very well
(教师做篮球动作)
2 (询问学生喜欢体育活动 引出can’t)
T Which sport do you like best
S1 I like football best
T Great I like football too But I can’t play it (时教师做摇头动作)
Can you play football
S1 Yes I can I can play it well (教师帮助学生回答)
(板书)
can can’tcan not
3 (教师出吉画幅吉简笔画)
T What’s this
S2 It’s a guitar
T I can’t play the guitar Who can play it
S3 I can
4 (教师学生台表演 活跃课堂气氛请学生表演跳芭蕾舞迪斯科动作黑板出示相应简笔画)
T What’s heshe doing
Ss HeShe is dancing
T Aha HeShe can perform balletdance to disco
(板书画线部分)
perform ballet
dance to disco
5 (学生做2然核答案表演话)
T Look at the picture in 2 Fill in the blanks check the answers and act it out
6 (周三康康生日 学生讨表演节目练cancan’t法)
T Next Wednesday is Kangkang’s birthday We plan to have a birthday party for him I think I can sing an English song at Kangkang’s birthday party Talk about what you can do at the party Work in pairs like this (教师示意名学生配合作示范练)
T Can you sing Chinese songs at Kangkang’s birthday party
S1 Yes I can What about you
T I can’t sing Chinese songs But I can sing English songs
S1 …
(学生助黑板短语桌话)
T Well done What can Jane and Maria do at Kangkang’s birthday party Let’s listen to 1a carefully and answer the questions
(渡步)
7 (呈现1a 回答关问题 解课文容)
(1)(设置板书听力务)
T Now listen to the tape and answer the following questions
(1) Can Jane sing Chinese songs
(2) Can Maria dance to disco
(3) Can Maria perform ballet
(2)(听录音 回答问题然核答案)
(3)(学生朗读1a话找出关键词词组句型)
(板书)
birthday party—play the piano—sing some songs—Chinese songs—English songs—
what else—play the guitar—dance to disco—perform ballet—have a good time
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a掌握语音语调 表演话
1 (教师放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (教师学生擦标重读语调 先读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Rub them out read by yourselves and then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by 图2正面
图2反面
sentence according to the tape Go
3 (机话)
T Suppose you are Maria listen to Jane and make a dialog with her
4 (利黑板关键词词组句型两组表演1a开展组竞赛鼓励学生创新必课序)
T Work in pairs close your books look at the blackboard and act out the dialog with your partner You’d better use your own words
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练1b1c呈现3练选择疑问句
1 (师生起口头完成1b然学生完成1c)
(1)(求学会cancan’t法完成1b)
T Now boys and girls Let’s talk about what Jane and Maria can do at Kangkang’s birthday party What can Jane do at the party
Ss She can sing English songs dance to disco and play the guitar
T What about Maria
Ss She can play the piano sing Chinese songs and perform ballet
T What can’t Jane do at the party
Ss She can’t sing Chinese songs
…
(2)(学生完成1c进步掌握运cancan’t语言学运现实生活中)
T If you are at a party what can you do Work in pairs Compare your answer with your partner’s
2 (练选择疑问句完成3)
(1)(呈现练选择疑问句)
T Well done According to 1a please answer the question
Can Jane dance to disco or perform ballet
Ss She can dance to disco
T Yes you are right
(板书)
Can Jane dance to disco or perform ballet
She can dance to disco
(学生利3中图片图片面词短语两组练选择疑问句)
(2)(完成3学生掌握选择疑问句答语会运a little very well)
(方案：教师黑板画幅画)
T Look I can draw a picture but not very well Can you draw
(名学生黑板画画引导回答)
S1 Yes a little
very well
图1反面
图1正面
(方案二：教师出幅体现名男生篮球非常图片图图1正面画面图1背面写very well)
T Can he play basketball
Ss Yes he can
T Yes He can play it very well
(教师出示幅弹吉图片右图)
a little
T Can he play the guitar
Ss Yes he can
T Yes He can play it a little
(板书画线部分短语)
图2正面
图2反面
a little very well
(学生两组练表演3)
T Practice 3 in pairs and act it out
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
组活动 巩固情态动词can can’t法
1 (做调查 班汇报完成4巩固cancan’t法)
T Survey what your classmates in your group can or can’t do and complete the table Then report it to the class Put a√forcanand a×forcan’t
Name
Swim
Draw
Sing
Dance
Drive
…
Li Ling
√
×
…
2 (学生成立俱乐部)
(活动组活动 目培养学生合作意识团队精神动手力全班学生分成六组 中三组应聘员 三组招聘员 招聘三组组负责俱乐部 公布招聘结果)
Example
(Group A音乐俱乐部 Group B运动俱乐部 Group C乐器俱乐部)
Group A What can you do Michael
Michael I can play the piano
…
Music Club Sport Club Instrument Club
Name
Ability
Name
Ability
Name
Ability
Michael
play the piano
3 (家庭作业)
(解邻居者亲戚家里宠物做做事情cancan’t全班学汇报)
Example
Aunt Lee has a pet dog It can carry a basket with its mouth but it can’t sing a song…
Ⅳ疑点探究
soccer美式英语指足球运动：play soccer踢足球美式英语中soccer ball指足球：There’s a soccer ball under the bed
football英式英语指足球运动：play football指足球：There’s a football under the bed
rugby意橄榄球美国称football
Section B
Section B needs 1 period Section B需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words
smart count climb pig
2 Go on learning the usage ofcanfor ability and can’t for inability
(1) Can you sing an English song Of course I can
(2)What can a monkey do It can climb trees but it can’t swim at all
(3)He can speak English very well but he can’t sing English songs
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
图片面具录音机实物
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间7分钟)
复情态动词can法引入1a
1 (学生听学唱I can sing it well首歌完成5求学生边唱边做动作复情态动词can法)
T Let’s listen to the song I can sing it well together We must sing and act at the same time
Example
Can you swim Yes I can (边唱边做游泳动作)
Can you fly No I can’t (边唱边双臂做飞翔动作)
Can you sing Yes I can(边唱边手做话筒唱歌动作)
2 (学生分组演唱首歌进行赛)
3 (检查作业)
(教师部分学汇报昨天解关宠物会做会做事情目学生感受动物爱友激发热爱动物热情汇报教师适评说)
T We know animals are useful and lovely I love them very much What about you boys and girls
4 (教师讲台堆放书 引出单词count)
T Look There are many books on the teacher’s desk I don’t know how many books there are S1 can you count them for me
(教学单词count)
S1 Yes I can One two three four… There are fifteen books on the teacher’s desk
T Very good You are smart
(板书)
count smart
(教师呈现物品图片 学生练count法)
T How many pens are there in the bag Please count them
Ss There are twelve
T Good job Let’s stop Do you know what Polly can do Can it count Let’s listen to 1a and answer the questions
(渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间5分钟)
呈现1a理解1a容回答关问题
1 (设置板书听力务)
T Listen to 1a and answer the following questions
(1) Can Polly speak English
(2) Can Polly sing an English song
(3) Can Polly count
(4) Can Polly count the flowers
2 (听1a录音回答问题教师核答案讲解该部分)
3 (学生朗读1a中话找出关键词短语)
T Please read 1a and find out the key words and phrases
(板书)
speak English—sing an English song—what else—count
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间8分钟)
巩固1a完成1b
1 (教师放1a录音 学生读 铅笔标出重读语调)
T Follow the tape and mark the stress and intonation with your pencil
2 (学生擦标重读语调 先读 然录音起读 逐句核语音语调)
T Rub them out Read by yourselves and then check your pronunciation and intonation sentence by sentence according to the tape Ready Go
3 (学生运黑板关键词短语三组表演1a 完成1b)
T Now work in groups of three Look at the key words and phrases on the blackboard and act out the dialog Then read 1a again and make a similar dialog with your partners Finish 1b
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间15分钟)
练2完成3
1 (练2)
(1)(教师先出示张猴子图片引出climb呈现句型)
T OK Let’s look at the pictures about animals What’s this in English
Ss It’s a monkey
T What can a monkey do
Ss It can 爬树
T Yes it can climb trees very well but it can’t swim at all
(2)(教师样方法教学单词pig板书)
climb pig very well not…at all
It can climb trees but it can’t swim at all
(3)(学生两组利课图片互相问答完成2)
T Now please work in pairs Ask and answer like this
(示意两学生做示范)
S1 What can…do
S2 It can… but it can’t…
2 (1)(呈现3听录音完成3)
T You are smart Now boys and girls look at the pictures and the table in 3 listen to the tape and finish 3
(播放录音学生完成A)
(学生听录音完成B)
(2)(学生根图片听力材料 编话 注意操练very well a little not … at all法)
T OK Next let’s make a dialog according to the recording Pay attention to very well a little not… at all please
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
通讨游戏 进步巩固情态动词can can’t法
1 (呈现4分组谈朋友 4中短语完成4)
T Talk about one of your friends using the expressions in the box that may help you You may use your own words and begin like this
Jack is my friend He can speak English very well but he can’t sing English songs…
2 (游戏课前准备张写老虎狮子猴子等单词纸片面具 纸片反扣桌面具放起两组 翻桌纸片然说 I can… but I can’t…根解说 判断出种动物 然寻找相应面具 戴面具说 I’m a… I can… but I can’t… 限定时间 面具纸片写动物应组获胜)
3 (唱I can sing it well首歌)
T Let’s sing I can sing it well together again This time you may change the verbs in the song and do the actions at the same time
(学生动词换唱出 边唱边做相应动作 便熟练掌握cancan’t法)
4 (家庭作业)
(学生回家调查家庭成员会做会做事 写成短文)
T Interview your family members about what they can do and what they can’t do and write a passage about it You can make a form according to your passage I am sure you can do it very well
Example
My name is Wang Haozan There are four people in my family They are my father my mother my sister and I My father can sing a little but he can’t dance at all My mother can speak English but she can’t speak Japanese My sister Wang Jing can draw very well but she can’t swim at all I can dance to disco but I can’t perform ballet We are learning from each other now
Member
Can
Can’t
Section C
Section C needs 1 period Section C需1课时
The main activities are 1a and 2 课重点活动1a2
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some new words and phrases
ago pingpong be good at
2 Talk about the past form could of the modal verb can and its negative form couldn’t
(1)She can fly kites very well now But one year ago she couldn’t do it at all
(2)She can perform ballet very well now But when she was five she could dance just a little
(3)They can sing English songs now but they couldn’t sing any English songs two years ago
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
简笔画录音机
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复情态动词can can’t
1 (师生唱I can sing it well首歌)
T Let’s sing I can sing it well together
Can you swim Yes I can Go
Ss Can you swim Yes I can…
2 (猜谜活动学生表演动作游泳骑行车等学猜运cancan’t表述)
Example
(学生表演游泳时做求救状)
T Can he swim
Ss No he can’t
(然学生三组表演两问答)
T Now work in groups of three One acts while the other two ask and answer
S1 (做骑行车状)
S2 Can heshe ride a bike
S3 Yes heshe can HeShe can ride very well
…
T Good job Look at the blackboard I want to draw some pictures for you Pay attention to the words under the pictures
(渡步)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间15分钟)
呈现1a理解1a容回答关问题
1 (利简笔画cancouldn’t谈某做某事引出生词短语)
(Michael 5 years old) (now)
(Kangkang one year ago) (now)
T Michael can play basketball now But when he was five he couldn’t play basketball Kangkang could play pingpong one year ago but not very well Now he is good at playing it
(板书)
could couldn’t pingpong be good at
2 (呈现1a 理解课文容)
(1)(教师设计时间状语板书 引导学生造句子 学couldcouldn’t)
could swim one year ago
could not ride a bike two years ago
couldn’t fly a kite when I was five
could play table tennis last year
(学生黑板列出短语造句子)
T Suppose I could do something one year agowhen I was five how to express it Look at the blackboard and make a sentence according to these phrases
(2)(1a图画快速阅读短文回答问题)
T It’s time for outdoor activities What are Jane Maria Michael and Kangkang doing Do you want to know Look at the pictures We can know
(设置板书阅读务)
(1) When couldn’t Jane fly a kite
(2) How old was Maria when she could dance
(3) What is Kangkang good at
(4) What is Michael good at
(学生阅读短文回答问题)
T Read the passage and answer the questions on the blackboard
(3)(次阅读短文 圈出短文中动词短语 找出重点活动)
T Read 1a and circle the activities
(板书动词短语)
fly a kite—perform ballet—play pingpong—play soccer—do well in basketball
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间5分钟)
巩固1a完成1b
1 (学生独立完成1b)
T Fill out the form in 1b by yourselves
2 (检查学生做答案)
T Let’s check the answers Who would like to share your answers Volunteers
S1 …
S2 …
…
T Well done
3 (学生读1a录音注意语音语调)
T Follow the tape and pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
4 (根实际情况 说出根做者做点 现做事)
T Please make sentences like this
(1) I couldn’t speak Japanese at all one year ago but now I can speak it very well
(2) I could dance a little when I was five but now I can dance very well
(3) I couldn’t perform ballet at all when I was seven but now I can perform ballet very well
…
5 (结活动找组学生讲台 名学生说You can play basketball now名学生说But I couldn’t play basketball three years ago)
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练完成2 3
1 (1)(2图片 猜做动作)
T Now let’s look at the pictures in 2 Can you guess what they are doing Now look at the picture in my hand
Ss The are singing
T You are right They can sing English songs now but they couldn’t sing any English songs two years ago
(逐展示2中图片学生回答)
(2)(学生3幅图示范独完成句子完成2)
T Look at the other pictures and complete the sentences after the example
(3) (检查答案出评价)
T Let’s check the answers
…
2 (学生听录音完成3)
(1)(学生听两遍录音完成3)
(2)(检查核答案)
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间10分钟)
联系实际结合示例运could couldn’t加深理解
1 (根实际情况 填充列表格)
T Please complete the table Write down your own ability and inability
(1)I could write
(2)I could count
(3)I could sing
when I was four
(1)I couldn’t ride a bike
(2)I couldn’t swim
(3)I couldn’t play table tennis
when I was four but now I can
(1)I couldn’t speak Japanese
(2)I couldn’t drive a car
(3)I couldn’t play the piano
when I was four and I still can’t now
2 (家庭作业)
(学生回家调查爷爷奶奶爸爸妈妈样年纪时做活动 做活动写篇短文)
T Make a survey about what your grandparents andor parents could or couldn’t do at your age Write a passage
Example
My parents
I’m Wang Jing I’m thirteen years old My father is a teacher He could do a lot of housework when he was thirteen years old but he couldn’t play any computer game My mother is a worker When she was thirteen she could help work on the farm but she couldn’t swim at all She still can’t do it now My parents teach me a lot and I love them
Section D
Section D needs 1 period Section D需1课时
The main activities are 1 2 and 5 课重点活动1 25
Ⅰ Aims and demands目标求
1 Learn some consonants
(b n t等字母发音情况)
2 Learn some new words and phrases
at the age of anything word mean
3Ability and inability
When she was three she could play the piano
She could draw very well at the age of five but she couldn’t write at all
She couldn’t see anything any more
Jenny can write many words now
4Review the alternative questions
Ⅱ Teaching aids 教具
卡片简笔画录音机
Ⅲ Fivefinger Teaching Plan 五指教学方案
Step 1 Review 第步 复(时间5分钟)
复单词 呈现音标
(呈现含n r 发音含发音字母单词学生读出组单词试着找出中含相音素发音字母)
Example
G1 know knee knock knife nine nice not (字母k词首kn中发音)
G2 morning sing song strong thing think thank (字母nk前g前均发)
G3 where when white which want was window (字母w wh发w)
G4 write wrong writer red rice right run (字母wr前发音)
G5 age orange message vegetable just jacket Japan (字母ge j发)
Step 2 Presentation 第二步 呈现(时间15分钟)
呈现12理解练1
1 (教师总结讲解发音字母)
(板书)
n
n(k)
wh
r
ge
kn
ng
w
wr
j
2 (学生听1录音读)
T Please listen to 1 and read after the tape
3 (教师动词短语相关动作制成卡片 单元相关动词短语进行复教师快速呈现卡片 学生抢答 激发学热情)
T Look at my pictures and let’s see who can speak most quickly
Ss Play football fly a kite play basketball perform ballet
4 (做接龙游戏 复can肯定否定问答形式)
T OK Good Let’s play a game Begin like this
I can play soccer What can you do
S1 I can fly a kite What can you do
S2 I can play basketball What can you do
S3 I can perform ballet What can you do
…
(三组成组否定句进行操练)
Example
S4 I can’t play soccer but I can play basketball
S5 I can’t play basketball but I can sing a song
S6 I can’t sing a song but I can dance ballet
…
(教师评价表现学予表扬)
T Well done Congratulations
5 (1)(教师出示幅简笔画)
(板书例句)
I couldn’t swim when I was ten years old but I could play basketball
(教师引导学生根简笔画结合实际运could couldn’t造句教师边巡视 边予必指导)
(2)(抛开简笔画 学生发挥想象力 回忆 could couldn’t造句)
T Let’s go back to the past time through the time channel and tell us what you could do
S7 I could play the piano when I was 7
S8 I could draw pictures when I was 4
S9 I could play the piano when I was 8
S10I couldn’t play the piano but I could write when I was five
…
T You are the best
(渡步)
6 (听录音完成2)
(1)(播放2录音解意)
T Now I’ll introduce a new friend Jenny What could she do Do you want to know
Ss Yes
T Let’s listen to the tape
(2)(设置板书听力务 听遍2录音 回答问题)
(1) Where does she live
(2) What could Jenny do at her different ages
T Let’s listen to 2 again and answer the questions on the blackboard
S11 London She lives in London
S12 She could play the piano when she was three…
(3)(板书教学单词anything word短语at the age of)
(板书)
anything word at the age of
Step 3 Consolidation 第三步 巩固(时间10分钟)
通练进步掌握2容
1 (学生3分钟时间2 做2练然核答案解释mean)
T Read the passage in 2 and finish the exercises in 2
T Are you ready Time is up Let’s check the answers together The first one S1 please
S1 Jenny may be 15 years old now
S2 When Jenny was five she could draw and play the piano
S3 In the texthardmeansdifficult
S4 She is great and smart
2 (读2 学生起找出2关键词 教师板书)
T Now let’s read the passage again and find out the key words I will write them down on the blackboard
S5 Jenny
S6 London
S7 …
Jenny—London—three—five—six—ago—wrong—eyes—hard—help—write—A Smart Girl—great
3 (学生利关键词复述课文)
T Now please retell the passage with the key words on the blackboard
S8Jenny lives in London with her parents When she was three she could play the piano…
(学生复述完 教师进行评价)
4 (学生介绍崇拜)
T Please introduce the people you admire
Step 4 Practice 第四步 练(时间10分钟)
练3 完成4a 4b
1 (学生根表格中信息can can’t couldcouldn’t造句)
Ability or inability
Time
now
play volleyball
play basketball
two years ago
take photos
play the guitar
five years old
draw pictures
write
at the age of nine
ride a bike
fly a kite
T Look at the table Write sentences with can can’t could or couldn’t
Example
I can play volleyball now but I can’t play basketball
Could you take photos two years ago
Yes I could But I couldn’t play the guitar
When I was five years old I could draw pictures but I couldn’t write
I could ride a bike at the age of nine but I couldn’t fly a kite
…
2 (通练纳总结选择疑问句法)
T In this topic we must master the usages of alternative questions Let’s do some exercises and then sum up its usage
(1)(问答练)
T Please listen to me carefully and answer my questions together Can you play volleyball or basketball
Ss I can play basketball
T Do you want to play volleyball or basketball
Ss I want to play basketball
(2)(学生独立思考根实际情况回答列问题求学生努力发现选择问句回答规律)
T Look and answer the following questions alone
Questions
①Can you take photos or play the guitar
②Could you draw pictures or write when you were five years old
③Do you want to ride a bike or fly a kite
④Does Jenny live in London or New York with her parents
⑤Was the life hard or easy for Jenny
⑥Are Michael and Kangkang good at playing pingpong or flying kites
(教师点拨指导学生总结选择问句表述方式回答)
3 (学生进步熟悉单元重点容4a4b)
T Now stop to read 4a and 4b by yourselves paying attention to the usage of can and could
Step 5 Project 第五步 综合探究活动(时间5分钟)
利活动写作加深can can’t could couldn’t理解掌握
1 (完成5)
T Now let’s work in groups One student performs while the other students guess and make sentences like this
(板书例句)
HeShe can ride a bike but heshe can’t play basketball
T Understand Go
2 (家庭作业)
(写篇关成长历文章 cancould否定形式 60单词左右完成3)
话题结束教学记反思：
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
第10周 周五 假日周没计划新课进行第二单元复听力训练练册评讲作文训练等准备半期考试
听力训练1课时
作文评讲1课时
练册评讲2课时
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
